Code cleaning: wxID_ANY, wxDefaultSize, wxDefaultPosition, true, false, wxEmptyString, tabs and white spaces.
git-svn-id: https://svn.wxwidgets.org/svn/wx/wxWidgets/trunk@27853 c3d73ce0-8a6f-49c7-b76d-6d57e0e08775
This commit is contained in:
@@ -81,13 +81,13 @@ public:
|
||||
// should be used instead for them
|
||||
|
||||
// corresponds to wxCAL_NO_YEAR_CHANGE bit
|
||||
void EnableYearChange(bool enable = TRUE);
|
||||
void EnableYearChange(bool enable = true);
|
||||
|
||||
// corresponds to wxCAL_NO_MONTH_CHANGE bit
|
||||
void EnableMonthChange(bool enable = TRUE);
|
||||
void EnableMonthChange(bool enable = true);
|
||||
|
||||
// corresponds to wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS bit
|
||||
void EnableHolidayDisplay(bool display = TRUE);
|
||||
void EnableHolidayDisplay(bool display = true);
|
||||
|
||||
// customization
|
||||
// -------------
|
||||
@@ -159,8 +159,8 @@ public:
|
||||
// -------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// forward these functions to all subcontrols
|
||||
virtual bool Enable(bool enable = TRUE);
|
||||
virtual bool Show(bool show = TRUE);
|
||||
virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true);
|
||||
virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ private:
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the flag for SetDate(): otherwise it would overwrite the year
|
||||
// typed in by the user
|
||||
void SetUserChangedYear() { m_userChangedYear = TRUE; }
|
||||
void SetUserChangedYear() { m_userChangedYear = true; }
|
||||
|
||||
// the subcontrols
|
||||
wxStaticText *m_staticMonth;
|
||||
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ private:
|
||||
// the week day names
|
||||
wxString m_weekdays[7];
|
||||
|
||||
// TRUE if SetDate() is being called as the result of changing the year in
|
||||
// true if SetDate() is being called as the result of changing the year in
|
||||
// the year control
|
||||
bool m_userChangedYear;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ protected:
|
||||
|
||||
// draw the caret on the given DC
|
||||
void DoDraw(wxDC *dc);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
// GTK specific initialization
|
||||
void InitGeneric();
|
||||
@@ -80,8 +80,8 @@ private:
|
||||
m_yOld;
|
||||
|
||||
wxCaretTimer m_timer;
|
||||
bool m_blinkedOut, // TRUE => caret hidden right now
|
||||
m_hasFocus; // TRUE => our window has focus
|
||||
bool m_blinkedOut, // true => caret hidden right now
|
||||
m_hasFocus; // true => our window has focus
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _WX_CARET_H_
|
||||
|
@@ -213,9 +213,9 @@ WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxGetSingleChoice(const wxString& message,
|
||||
const wxString& caption,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
|
||||
int x = -1,
|
||||
int y = -1,
|
||||
bool centre = TRUE,
|
||||
int x = wxDefaultPosition.x,
|
||||
int y = wxDefaultPosition.y,
|
||||
bool centre = true,
|
||||
int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
|
||||
int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -223,9 +223,9 @@ WXDLLEXPORT wxString wxGetSingleChoice(const wxString& message,
|
||||
const wxString& caption,
|
||||
int n, const wxString *choices,
|
||||
wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
|
||||
int x = -1,
|
||||
int y = -1,
|
||||
bool centre = TRUE,
|
||||
int x = wxDefaultPosition.x,
|
||||
int y = wxDefaultPosition.y,
|
||||
bool centre = true,
|
||||
int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
|
||||
int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -235,9 +235,9 @@ WXDLLEXPORT int wxGetSingleChoiceIndex(const wxString& message,
|
||||
const wxString& caption,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
|
||||
int x = -1,
|
||||
int y = -1,
|
||||
bool centre = TRUE,
|
||||
int x = wxDefaultPosition.x,
|
||||
int y = wxDefaultPosition.y,
|
||||
bool centre = true,
|
||||
int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
|
||||
int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -245,9 +245,9 @@ WXDLLEXPORT int wxGetSingleChoiceIndex(const wxString& message,
|
||||
const wxString& caption,
|
||||
int n, const wxString *choices,
|
||||
wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
|
||||
int x = -1,
|
||||
int y = -1,
|
||||
bool centre = TRUE,
|
||||
int x = wxDefaultPosition.x,
|
||||
int y = wxDefaultPosition.y,
|
||||
bool centre = true,
|
||||
int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
|
||||
int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -257,8 +257,9 @@ WXDLLEXPORT void* wxGetSingleChoiceData(const wxString& message,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
void **client_data,
|
||||
wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
|
||||
int x = -1, int y = -1,
|
||||
bool centre = TRUE,
|
||||
int x = wxDefaultPosition.x,
|
||||
int y = wxDefaultPosition.y,
|
||||
bool centre = true,
|
||||
int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
|
||||
int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -267,8 +268,9 @@ WXDLLEXPORT void* wxGetSingleChoiceData(const wxString& message,
|
||||
int n, const wxString *choices,
|
||||
void **client_data,
|
||||
wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
|
||||
int x = -1, int y = -1,
|
||||
bool centre = TRUE,
|
||||
int x = wxDefaultPosition.x,
|
||||
int y = wxDefaultPosition.y,
|
||||
bool centre = true,
|
||||
int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
|
||||
int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -280,9 +282,9 @@ WXDLLEXPORT size_t wxGetMultipleChoices(wxArrayInt& selections,
|
||||
const wxString& caption,
|
||||
int n, const wxString *choices,
|
||||
wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
|
||||
int x = -1,
|
||||
int y = -1,
|
||||
bool centre = TRUE,
|
||||
int x = wxDefaultPosition.x,
|
||||
int y = wxDefaultPosition.y,
|
||||
bool centre = true,
|
||||
int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
|
||||
int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -291,9 +293,9 @@ WXDLLEXPORT size_t wxGetMultipleChoices(wxArrayInt& selections,
|
||||
const wxString& caption,
|
||||
const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
|
||||
int x = -1,
|
||||
int y = -1,
|
||||
bool centre = TRUE,
|
||||
int x = wxDefaultPosition.x,
|
||||
int y = wxDefaultPosition.y,
|
||||
bool centre = true,
|
||||
int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
|
||||
int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -42,14 +42,14 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
// Recommended constructor
|
||||
wxPostScriptDC(const wxPrintData& printData);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Recommended destructor :-)
|
||||
~wxPostScriptDC();
|
||||
|
||||
#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_2
|
||||
wxPostScriptDC( const wxString &output, bool interactive = FALSE, wxWindow *parent = NULL )
|
||||
wxPostScriptDC( const wxString &output, bool interactive = false, wxWindow *parent = NULL )
|
||||
{ Create( output, interactive, parent ); }
|
||||
bool Create ( const wxString &output, bool interactive = FALSE, wxWindow *parent = NULL );
|
||||
bool Create ( const wxString &output, bool interactive = false, wxWindow *parent = NULL );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Ok() const;
|
||||
@@ -75,12 +75,12 @@ public:
|
||||
void DoDrawSpline(wxList *points);
|
||||
|
||||
bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
|
||||
wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = FALSE,
|
||||
wxCoord xsrcMask = -1, wxCoord ysrcMask = -1);
|
||||
bool CanDrawBitmap() const { return TRUE; }
|
||||
wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc, int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false,
|
||||
wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultPosition.x, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultPosition.y);
|
||||
bool CanDrawBitmap() const { return true; }
|
||||
|
||||
void DoDrawIcon( const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y );
|
||||
void DoDrawBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, bool useMask=FALSE );
|
||||
void DoDrawBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, bool useMask = false );
|
||||
|
||||
void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y );
|
||||
void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle);
|
||||
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
wxCoord GetCharHeight() const;
|
||||
wxCoord GetCharWidth() const;
|
||||
bool CanGetTextExtent() const { return TRUE; }
|
||||
bool CanGetTextExtent() const { return true; }
|
||||
void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
|
||||
wxCoord *descent = (wxCoord *) NULL,
|
||||
wxCoord *externalLeading = (wxCoord *) NULL,
|
||||
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ public:
|
||||
void SetPrintData(const wxPrintData& data) { m_printData = data; }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int GetDepth() const { return 24; }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void SetResolution(int ppi);
|
||||
static int GetResolution();
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ public:
|
||||
void PsPrint( const wxChar* psdata ) { PsPrint( wxConvUTF8.cWX2MB( psdata ) ); }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
private:
|
||||
static float ms_PSScaleFactor;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ protected:
|
||||
double m_underlinePosition;
|
||||
double m_underlineThickness;
|
||||
wxPrintData m_printData;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPostScriptDC)
|
||||
};
|
||||
@@ -180,30 +180,30 @@ enum
|
||||
PS_FILE = wxPRINT_MODE_FILE,
|
||||
PS_PRINTER = wxPRINT_MODE_PRINTER
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class wxPrintSetupData: public wxPrintData
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxPrintSetupData() {}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetPrinterOrientation( int orient )
|
||||
|
||||
void SetPrinterOrientation( int orient )
|
||||
{ SetOrientation( orient ); }
|
||||
void SetPrinterMode( wxPrintMode mode )
|
||||
void SetPrinterMode( wxPrintMode mode )
|
||||
{ SetPrintMode( mode ); }
|
||||
void SetAFMPath( const wxString &path )
|
||||
void SetAFMPath( const wxString &path )
|
||||
{ SetFontMetricPath( path ); }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void SetPaperName(const wxString& paper) { m_paperName = paper; }
|
||||
void SetPrinterFile(const wxString& file) { m_printerFile = file; }
|
||||
wxString GetPaperName() const { return m_paperName; }
|
||||
wxString GetPrinterFile() const { return m_printerFile; };
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxString m_paperName;
|
||||
wxString m_printerFile;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(extern wxPrintSetupData*) wxThePrintSetupData;
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT extern void wxInitializePrintSetupData(bool init = TRUE);
|
||||
WXDLLEXPORT extern void wxInitializePrintSetupData(bool init = true);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericDirCtrl: public wxControl
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxGenericDirCtrl();
|
||||
wxGenericDirCtrl(wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
wxGenericDirCtrl(wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxString &dir = wxDirDialogDefaultFolderStr,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
@@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ public:
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
Create(parent, id, dir, pos, size, style, filter, defaultFilter, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxString &dir = wxDirDialogDefaultFolderStr,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
@@ -124,12 +124,12 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
// Get dir or filename
|
||||
virtual wxString GetPath() const;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Get selected filename path only (else empty string).
|
||||
// I.e. don't count a directory as a selection
|
||||
virtual wxString GetFilePath() const;
|
||||
virtual void SetPath(const wxString& path);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void ShowHidden( bool show );
|
||||
virtual bool GetShowHidden() { return m_showHidden; }
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -146,24 +146,24 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
// Helper
|
||||
virtual void SetupSections();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
|
||||
// Parse the filter into an array of filters and an array of descriptions
|
||||
virtual int ParseFilter(const wxString& filterStr, wxArrayString& filters, wxArrayString& descriptions);
|
||||
#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Find the child that matches the first part of 'path'.
|
||||
// E.g. if a child path is "/usr" and 'path' is "/usr/include"
|
||||
// then the child for /usr is returned.
|
||||
// If the path string has been used (we're at the leaf), done is set to TRUE
|
||||
// If the path string has been used (we're at the leaf), done is set to true
|
||||
virtual wxTreeItemId FindChild(wxTreeItemId parentId, const wxString& path, bool& done);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Resize the components of the control
|
||||
virtual void DoResize();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Collapse & expand the tree, thus re-creating it from scratch:
|
||||
virtual void ReCreateTree();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
virtual void ExpandDir(wxTreeItemId parentId);
|
||||
virtual void CollapseDir(wxTreeItemId parentId);
|
||||
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxDirFilterListCtrl: public wxChoice
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxDirFilterListCtrl() { Init(); }
|
||||
wxDirFilterListCtrl(wxGenericDirCtrl* parent, const wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
wxDirFilterListCtrl(wxGenericDirCtrl* parent, const wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0)
|
||||
@@ -210,8 +210,8 @@ public:
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, style);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxGenericDirCtrl* parent, const wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxGenericDirCtrl* parent, const wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = 0);
|
||||
|
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
// Begin drag. hotspot is the location of the drag position relative to the upper-left
|
||||
// corner of the image.
|
||||
bool BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot, wxWindow* window, bool fullScreen = FALSE, wxRect* rect = (wxRect*) NULL);
|
||||
bool BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot, wxWindow* window, bool fullScreen = false, wxRect* rect = (wxRect*) NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
// Begin drag. hotspot is the location of the drag position relative to the upper-left
|
||||
// corner of the image. This is full screen only. fullScreenRect gives the
|
||||
|
@@ -120,8 +120,8 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
wxFileDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
|
||||
const wxString& defaultDir = _T(""),
|
||||
const wxString& defaultFile = _T(""),
|
||||
const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
|
||||
long style = 0,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition)
|
||||
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ public:
|
||||
virtual void ChangeToListMode();
|
||||
virtual void ChangeToReportMode();
|
||||
virtual void ChangeToSmallIconMode();
|
||||
virtual void ShowHidden( bool show = TRUE );
|
||||
virtual void ShowHidden( bool show = true );
|
||||
bool GetShowHidden() const { return m_showHidden; }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual long Add( wxFileData *fd, wxListItem &item );
|
||||
|
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c)
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_FONTDLGG_H
|
||||
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* FONT DIALOG
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxChoice;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxText;
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxCheckBox;
|
||||
|
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ public:
|
||||
// Reset the value in the control back to its starting value
|
||||
virtual void Reset() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// return TRUE to allow the given key to start editing: the base class
|
||||
// return true to allow the given key to start editing: the base class
|
||||
// version only checks that the event has no modifiers. The derived
|
||||
// classes are supposed to do "if ( base::IsAcceptedKey() && ... )" in
|
||||
// their IsAcceptedKey() implementation, although, of course, it is not a
|
||||
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ protected:
|
||||
|
||||
// if we change the colours/font of the control from the default ones, we
|
||||
// must restore the default later and we save them here between calls to
|
||||
// Show(TRUE) and Show(FALSE)
|
||||
// Show(true) and Show(false)
|
||||
wxColour m_colFgOld,
|
||||
m_colBgOld;
|
||||
wxFont m_fontOld;
|
||||
@@ -563,9 +563,9 @@ public:
|
||||
// if !allowOthers, user can't type a string not in choices array
|
||||
wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count = 0,
|
||||
const wxString choices[] = NULL,
|
||||
bool allowOthers = FALSE);
|
||||
bool allowOthers = false);
|
||||
wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
|
||||
bool allowOthers = FALSE);
|
||||
bool allowOthers = false);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Create(wxWindow* parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id,
|
||||
@@ -662,9 +662,9 @@ public:
|
||||
m_vAlign = vAlign;
|
||||
}
|
||||
void SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols);
|
||||
void SetOverflow(bool allow = TRUE)
|
||||
void SetOverflow(bool allow = true)
|
||||
{ m_overflow = allow ? Overflow : SingleCell; }
|
||||
void SetReadOnly(bool isReadOnly = TRUE)
|
||||
void SetReadOnly(bool isReadOnly = true)
|
||||
{ m_isReadOnly = isReadOnly ? ReadOnly : ReadWrite; }
|
||||
|
||||
// takes ownership of the pointer
|
||||
@@ -1116,17 +1116,17 @@ public:
|
||||
void DoEndDragResizeCol();
|
||||
|
||||
wxGridTableBase * GetTable() const { return m_table; }
|
||||
bool SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership=FALSE,
|
||||
bool SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership = false,
|
||||
wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode =
|
||||
wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells );
|
||||
|
||||
void ClearGrid();
|
||||
bool InsertRows( int pos = 0, int numRows = 1, bool updateLabels=TRUE );
|
||||
bool AppendRows( int numRows = 1, bool updateLabels=TRUE );
|
||||
bool DeleteRows( int pos = 0, int numRows = 1, bool updateLabels=TRUE );
|
||||
bool InsertCols( int pos = 0, int numCols = 1, bool updateLabels=TRUE );
|
||||
bool AppendCols( int numCols = 1, bool updateLabels=TRUE );
|
||||
bool DeleteCols( int pos = 0, int numCols = 1, bool updateLabels=TRUE );
|
||||
bool InsertRows( int pos = 0, int numRows = 1, bool updateLabels = true );
|
||||
bool AppendRows( int numRows = 1, bool updateLabels = true );
|
||||
bool DeleteRows( int pos = 0, int numRows = 1, bool updateLabels = true );
|
||||
bool InsertCols( int pos = 0, int numCols = 1, bool updateLabels = true );
|
||||
bool AppendCols( int numCols = 1, bool updateLabels = true );
|
||||
bool DeleteCols( int pos = 0, int numCols = 1, bool updateLabels = true );
|
||||
|
||||
void DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc , const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells );
|
||||
void DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc );
|
||||
@@ -1179,7 +1179,7 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
int GetBatchCount() { return m_batchCount; }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Refresh(bool eraseb = TRUE,
|
||||
virtual void Refresh(bool eraseb = true,
|
||||
const wxRect* rect = (const wxRect *) NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
// Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an
|
||||
@@ -1197,8 +1197,8 @@ public:
|
||||
bool IsEditable() const { return m_editable; }
|
||||
void EnableEditing( bool edit );
|
||||
|
||||
void EnableCellEditControl( bool enable = TRUE );
|
||||
void DisableCellEditControl() { EnableCellEditControl(FALSE); }
|
||||
void EnableCellEditControl( bool enable = true );
|
||||
void DisableCellEditControl() { EnableCellEditControl(false); }
|
||||
bool CanEnableCellControl() const;
|
||||
bool IsCellEditControlEnabled() const;
|
||||
bool IsCellEditControlShown() const;
|
||||
@@ -1232,8 +1232,8 @@ public:
|
||||
// check to see if a cell is either wholly visible (the default arg) or
|
||||
// at least partially visible in the grid window
|
||||
//
|
||||
bool IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible = TRUE );
|
||||
bool IsVisible( const wxGridCellCoords& coords, bool wholeCellVisible = TRUE )
|
||||
bool IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible = true );
|
||||
bool IsVisible( const wxGridCellCoords& coords, bool wholeCellVisible = true )
|
||||
{ return IsVisible( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), wholeCellVisible ); }
|
||||
void MakeCellVisible( int row, int col );
|
||||
void MakeCellVisible( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
|
||||
@@ -1291,14 +1291,14 @@ public:
|
||||
void SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width);
|
||||
void SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width);
|
||||
|
||||
void EnableDragRowSize( bool enable = TRUE );
|
||||
void DisableDragRowSize() { EnableDragRowSize( FALSE ); }
|
||||
void EnableDragRowSize( bool enable = true );
|
||||
void DisableDragRowSize() { EnableDragRowSize( false ); }
|
||||
bool CanDragRowSize() { return m_canDragRowSize; }
|
||||
void EnableDragColSize( bool enable = TRUE );
|
||||
void DisableDragColSize() { EnableDragColSize( FALSE ); }
|
||||
void EnableDragColSize( bool enable = true );
|
||||
void DisableDragColSize() { EnableDragColSize( false ); }
|
||||
bool CanDragColSize() { return m_canDragColSize; }
|
||||
void EnableDragGridSize(bool enable = TRUE);
|
||||
void DisableDragGridSize() { EnableDragGridSize(FALSE); }
|
||||
void EnableDragGridSize(bool enable = true);
|
||||
void DisableDragGridSize() { EnableDragGridSize(false); }
|
||||
bool CanDragGridSize() { return m_canDragGridSize; }
|
||||
|
||||
// this sets the specified attribute for this cell or in this row/col
|
||||
@@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@ public:
|
||||
void SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width = -1, int precision = -1);
|
||||
void SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName);
|
||||
|
||||
void EnableGridLines( bool enable = TRUE );
|
||||
void EnableGridLines( bool enable = true );
|
||||
bool GridLinesEnabled() { return m_gridLinesEnabled; }
|
||||
|
||||
// ------ row and col formatting
|
||||
@@ -1335,26 +1335,26 @@ public:
|
||||
bool GetCellOverflow( int row, int col );
|
||||
void GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols );
|
||||
|
||||
void SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows = FALSE );
|
||||
void SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows = false );
|
||||
void SetRowSize( int row, int height );
|
||||
void SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols = FALSE );
|
||||
void SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols = false );
|
||||
|
||||
void SetColSize( int col, int width );
|
||||
|
||||
// automatically size the column or row to fit to its contents, if
|
||||
// setAsMin is TRUE, this optimal width will also be set as minimal width
|
||||
// setAsMin is true, this optimal width will also be set as minimal width
|
||||
// for this column
|
||||
void AutoSizeColumn( int col, bool setAsMin = TRUE )
|
||||
{ AutoSizeColOrRow(col, setAsMin, TRUE); }
|
||||
void AutoSizeRow( int row, bool setAsMin = TRUE )
|
||||
{ AutoSizeColOrRow(row, setAsMin, FALSE); }
|
||||
void AutoSizeColumn( int col, bool setAsMin = true )
|
||||
{ AutoSizeColOrRow(col, setAsMin, true); }
|
||||
void AutoSizeRow( int row, bool setAsMin = true )
|
||||
{ AutoSizeColOrRow(row, setAsMin, false); }
|
||||
|
||||
// auto size all columns (very ineffective for big grids!)
|
||||
void AutoSizeColumns( bool setAsMin = TRUE )
|
||||
{ (void)SetOrCalcColumnSizes(FALSE, setAsMin); }
|
||||
void AutoSizeColumns( bool setAsMin = true )
|
||||
{ (void)SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false, setAsMin); }
|
||||
|
||||
void AutoSizeRows( bool setAsMin = TRUE )
|
||||
{ (void)SetOrCalcRowSizes(FALSE, setAsMin); }
|
||||
void AutoSizeRows( bool setAsMin = true )
|
||||
{ (void)SetOrCalcRowSizes(false, setAsMin); }
|
||||
|
||||
// auto size the grid, that is make the columns/rows of the "right" size
|
||||
// and also set the grid size to just fit its contents
|
||||
@@ -1432,23 +1432,23 @@ public:
|
||||
void SetCellValue( const wxGridCellCoords& coords, const wxString& s )
|
||||
{ SetCellValue( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), s ); }
|
||||
|
||||
// returns TRUE if the cell can't be edited
|
||||
// returns true if the cell can't be edited
|
||||
bool IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// make the cell editable/readonly
|
||||
void SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly = TRUE);
|
||||
void SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly = true);
|
||||
|
||||
// ------ select blocks of cells
|
||||
//
|
||||
void SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected = FALSE );
|
||||
void SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected = FALSE );
|
||||
void SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected = false );
|
||||
void SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected = false );
|
||||
|
||||
void SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
|
||||
bool addToSelected = FALSE );
|
||||
bool addToSelected = false );
|
||||
|
||||
void SelectBlock( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
|
||||
const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
|
||||
bool addToSelected = FALSE )
|
||||
bool addToSelected = false )
|
||||
{ SelectBlock( topLeft.GetRow(), topLeft.GetCol(),
|
||||
bottomRight.GetRow(), bottomRight.GetCol(),
|
||||
addToSelected ); }
|
||||
@@ -1533,10 +1533,10 @@ public:
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
int x, int y, int w = -1, int h = -1,
|
||||
int x, int y, int w = wxDefaultSize.x, int h = wxDefaultSize.y,
|
||||
long style = wxWANTS_CHARS,
|
||||
const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr )
|
||||
: wxScrolledWindow( parent, -1, wxPoint(x,y), wxSize(w,h),
|
||||
: wxScrolledWindow( parent, wxID_ANY, wxPoint(x,y), wxSize(w,h),
|
||||
(style|wxWANTS_CHARS), name )
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create();
|
||||
@@ -1656,10 +1656,10 @@ public:
|
||||
{ SetCellBackgroundColour( row, col, colour ); }
|
||||
|
||||
bool GetEditable() { return IsEditable(); }
|
||||
void SetEditable( bool edit = TRUE ) { EnableEditing( edit ); }
|
||||
void SetEditable( bool edit = true ) { EnableEditing( edit ); }
|
||||
bool GetEditInPlace() { return IsCellEditControlEnabled(); }
|
||||
|
||||
void SetEditInPlace(bool WXUNUSED(edit) = TRUE) { }
|
||||
void SetEditInPlace(bool WXUNUSED(edit) = true) { }
|
||||
|
||||
void SetCellAlignment( int align, int row, int col)
|
||||
{ SetCellAlignment(row, col, align, wxALIGN_CENTER); }
|
||||
@@ -1772,8 +1772,8 @@ protected:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// common part of AutoSizeColumn/Row() and GetBestSize()
|
||||
int SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin = TRUE);
|
||||
int SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin = TRUE);
|
||||
int SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin = true);
|
||||
int SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin = true);
|
||||
|
||||
// common part of AutoSizeColumn/Row()
|
||||
void AutoSizeColOrRow(int n, bool setAsMin, bool column /* or row? */);
|
||||
@@ -1810,7 +1810,7 @@ protected:
|
||||
// adds an attribute to cache
|
||||
void CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// looks for an attr in cache, returns TRUE if found
|
||||
// looks for an attr in cache, returns true if found
|
||||
bool LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// looks for the attr in cache, if not found asks the table and caches the
|
||||
@@ -1839,14 +1839,14 @@ protected:
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// this method not only sets m_cursorMode but also sets the correct cursor
|
||||
// for the given mode and, if captureMouse is not FALSE releases the mouse
|
||||
// for the given mode and, if captureMouse is not false releases the mouse
|
||||
// if it was captured and captures it if it must be captured
|
||||
//
|
||||
// for this to work, you should always use it and not set m_cursorMode
|
||||
// directly!
|
||||
void ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
|
||||
wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)NULL,
|
||||
bool captureMouse = TRUE);
|
||||
bool captureMouse = true);
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindow *m_winCapture; // the window which captured the mouse
|
||||
CursorMode m_cursorMode;
|
||||
@@ -1931,8 +1931,8 @@ public:
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxGridEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
|
||||
int row=-1, int col=-1, int x=-1, int y=-1, bool sel = TRUE,
|
||||
bool control=FALSE, bool shift=FALSE, bool alt=FALSE, bool meta=FALSE);
|
||||
int row=-1, int col=-1, int x=-1, int y=-1, bool sel = true,
|
||||
bool control = false, bool shift = false, bool alt = false, bool meta = false);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int GetRow() { return m_row; }
|
||||
virtual int GetCol() { return m_col; }
|
||||
@@ -1968,7 +1968,7 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
wxGridSizeEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
|
||||
int rowOrCol=-1, int x=-1, int y=-1,
|
||||
bool control=FALSE, bool shift=FALSE, bool alt=FALSE, bool meta=FALSE);
|
||||
bool control = false, bool shift = false, bool alt = false, bool meta = false);
|
||||
|
||||
int GetRowOrCol() { return m_rowOrCol; }
|
||||
wxPoint GetPosition() { return wxPoint( m_x, m_y ); }
|
||||
@@ -1998,19 +1998,19 @@ public:
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_topLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
|
||||
m_bottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
|
||||
m_selecting = FALSE;
|
||||
m_control = FALSE;
|
||||
m_meta = FALSE;
|
||||
m_shift = FALSE;
|
||||
m_alt = FALSE;
|
||||
m_selecting = false;
|
||||
m_control = false;
|
||||
m_meta = false;
|
||||
m_shift = false;
|
||||
m_alt = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
|
||||
const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
|
||||
const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
|
||||
bool sel = TRUE,
|
||||
bool control=FALSE, bool shift=FALSE,
|
||||
bool alt=FALSE, bool meta=FALSE);
|
||||
bool sel = true,
|
||||
bool control = false, bool shift = false,
|
||||
bool alt = false, bool meta = false);
|
||||
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords GetTopLeftCoords() { return m_topLeft; }
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords GetBottomRightCoords() { return m_bottomRight; }
|
||||
@@ -2092,40 +2092,40 @@ typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxGridSizeEventFunction)(wxGridSizeEvent&);
|
||||
typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxGridRangeSelectEventFunction)(wxGridRangeSelectEvent&);
|
||||
typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxGridEditorCreatedEventFunction)(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent&);
|
||||
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridSizeEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_COL_SIZE(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridSizeEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridRangeSelectEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEditorCreatedEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridSizeEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_COL_SIZE(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridSizeEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridRangeSelectEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEditorCreatedEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
|
||||
// The same as above but with the ability to specify an identifier
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_LEFT_CLICK(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_ROW_SIZE(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridSizeEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_COL_SIZE(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridSizeEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_RANGE_SELECT(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridRangeSelectEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_CHANGE(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_SELECT_CELL(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_SHOWN(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_HIDDEN(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_CREATED(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEditorCreatedEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_LEFT_CLICK(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_ROW_SIZE(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridSizeEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_COL_SIZE(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridSizeEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_RANGE_SELECT(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridRangeSelectEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_CHANGE(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_SELECT_CELL(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_SHOWN(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_HIDDEN(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_CREATED(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEditorCreatedEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0 // TODO: implement these ? others ?
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2133,9 +2133,9 @@ extern const int wxEVT_GRID_CREATE_CELL;
|
||||
extern const int wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_LABELS;
|
||||
extern const int wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_SEL_LABEL;
|
||||
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CREATE_CELL(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CREATE_CELL, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CHANGE_LABELS(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_LABELS, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CHANGE_SEL_LABEL(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_SEL_LABEL, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CREATE_CELL(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CREATE_CELL, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CHANGE_LABELS(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_LABELS, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_GRID_CHANGE_SEL_LABEL(fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_SEL_LABEL, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -31,24 +31,24 @@ public:
|
||||
void SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode);
|
||||
wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes GetSelectionMode() { return m_selectionMode; }
|
||||
void SelectRow( int row,
|
||||
bool ControlDown = FALSE, bool ShiftDown = FALSE,
|
||||
bool AltDown = FALSE, bool MetaDown = FALSE );
|
||||
bool ControlDown = false, bool ShiftDown = false,
|
||||
bool AltDown = false, bool MetaDown = false );
|
||||
void SelectCol( int col,
|
||||
bool ControlDown = FALSE, bool ShiftDown = FALSE,
|
||||
bool AltDown = FALSE, bool MetaDown = FALSE );
|
||||
bool ControlDown = false, bool ShiftDown = false,
|
||||
bool AltDown = false, bool MetaDown = false );
|
||||
void SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol,
|
||||
int bottomRow, int rightCol,
|
||||
bool ControlDown = FALSE, bool ShiftDown = FALSE,
|
||||
bool AltDown = FALSE, bool MetaDown = FALSE,
|
||||
bool sendEvent = TRUE );
|
||||
bool ControlDown = false, bool ShiftDown = false,
|
||||
bool AltDown = false, bool MetaDown = false,
|
||||
bool sendEvent = true );
|
||||
void SelectCell( int row, int col,
|
||||
bool ControlDown = FALSE, bool ShiftDown = FALSE,
|
||||
bool AltDown = FALSE, bool MetaDown = FALSE,
|
||||
bool sendEvent = TRUE );
|
||||
bool ControlDown = false, bool ShiftDown = false,
|
||||
bool AltDown = false, bool MetaDown = false,
|
||||
bool sendEvent = true );
|
||||
void ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,
|
||||
bool ControlDown = FALSE,
|
||||
bool ShiftDown = FALSE,
|
||||
bool AltDown = FALSE, bool MetaDown = FALSE );
|
||||
bool ControlDown = false,
|
||||
bool ShiftDown = false,
|
||||
bool AltDown = false, bool MetaDown = false );
|
||||
void ClearSelection();
|
||||
|
||||
void UpdateRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
|
||||
|
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxExtHelpMapList;
|
||||
/// Default browser name.
|
||||
# define WXEXTHELP_DEFAULTBROWSER _T("netscape")
|
||||
/// Is default browse a variant of netscape?
|
||||
# define WXEXTHELP_DEFAULTBROWSER_IS_NETSCAPE TRUE
|
||||
# define WXEXTHELP_DEFAULTBROWSER_IS_NETSCAPE true
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxExtHelpMapList;
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxExtHelpController : public wxHelpControllerBase
|
||||
{
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_CLASS(wxExtHelpController)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxExtHelpController();
|
||||
@@ -65,9 +65,9 @@ DECLARE_CLASS(wxExtHelpController)
|
||||
The Netscape support will check whether Netscape is already
|
||||
running (by looking at the .netscape/lock file in the user's
|
||||
home directory) and tell it to load the page into the existing
|
||||
window.
|
||||
window.
|
||||
@param browsername The command to call a browser/html viewer.
|
||||
@param isNetscape Set this to TRUE if the browser is some variant of Netscape.
|
||||
@param isNetscape Set this to true if the browser is some variant of Netscape.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
// Obsolete form
|
||||
void SetBrowser(const wxString & browsername = WXEXTHELP_DEFAULTBROWSER,
|
||||
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ DECLARE_CLASS(wxExtHelpController)
|
||||
@file Name of help directory.
|
||||
@return true on success
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = wxT(""));
|
||||
virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Display list of all help entries.
|
||||
@return true on success
|
||||
@@ -144,11 +144,11 @@ DECLARE_CLASS(wxExtHelpController)
|
||||
virtual void SetFrameParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(title),
|
||||
const wxSize& WXUNUSED(size),
|
||||
const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos) = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
bool WXUNUSED(newFrameEachTime) = FALSE)
|
||||
bool WXUNUSED(newFrameEachTime) = false)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// does nothing by default
|
||||
}
|
||||
/// Obtains the latest settings used by the help frame and the help
|
||||
/// Obtains the latest settings used by the help frame and the help
|
||||
/// frame.
|
||||
virtual wxFrame *GetFrameParameters(wxSize *WXUNUSED(size) = NULL,
|
||||
wxPoint *WXUNUSED(pos) = NULL,
|
||||
|
@@ -57,9 +57,9 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericImageList: public wxObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxGenericImageList() { m_width = m_height = 0; }
|
||||
wxGenericImageList( int width, int height, bool mask = TRUE, int initialCount = 1 );
|
||||
wxGenericImageList( int width, int height, bool mask = true, int initialCount = 1 );
|
||||
~wxGenericImageList();
|
||||
bool Create( int width, int height, bool mask = TRUE, int initialCount = 1 );
|
||||
bool Create( int width, int height, bool mask = true, int initialCount = 1 );
|
||||
bool Create();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual int GetImageCount() const;
|
||||
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Draw(int index, wxDC& dc, int x, int y,
|
||||
int flags = wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_NORMAL,
|
||||
bool solidBackground = FALSE);
|
||||
bool solidBackground = false);
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxList m_images;
|
||||
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxImageList: public wxGenericImageList
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxImageList() {}
|
||||
|
||||
wxImageList( int width, int height, bool mask = TRUE, int initialCount = 1 )
|
||||
wxImageList( int width, int height, bool mask = true, int initialCount = 1 )
|
||||
: wxGenericImageList(width, height, mask, initialCount)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ protected:
|
||||
wxSize m_size;
|
||||
wxLayoutOrientation m_orientation;
|
||||
wxLayoutAlignment m_alignment;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent)
|
||||
};
|
||||
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ private:
|
||||
typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxQueryLayoutInfoEventFunction)(wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent&);
|
||||
|
||||
#define EVT_QUERY_LAYOUT_INFO(func) \
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_QUERY_LAYOUT_INFO, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxQueryLayoutInfoEventFunction, & func ), NULL ),
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_QUERY_LAYOUT_INFO, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxQueryLayoutInfoEventFunction, & func ), NULL ),
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This event is used to take a bite out of the available client area.
|
||||
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ public:
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
int m_flags;
|
||||
wxRect m_rect;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxCalculateLayoutEvent)
|
||||
};
|
||||
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ private:
|
||||
typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCalculateLayoutEventFunction)(wxCalculateLayoutEvent&);
|
||||
|
||||
#define EVT_CALCULATE_LAYOUT(func) \
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_CALCULATE_LAYOUT, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxCalculateLayoutEventFunction, & func ), NULL ),
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_CALCULATE_LAYOUT, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxCalculateLayoutEventFunction, & func ), NULL ),
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_SASH
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -157,13 +157,13 @@ public:
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxSashLayoutWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
wxSashLayoutWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxSW_3D|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, const wxString& name = wxT("layoutWindow"))
|
||||
{
|
||||
Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxSW_3D|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, const wxString& name = wxT("layoutWindow"));
|
||||
|
||||
// Accessors
|
||||
|
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericListCtrl: public wxControl
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxGenericListCtrl();
|
||||
wxGenericListCtrl( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID winid = -1,
|
||||
wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxLC_ICON,
|
||||
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ public:
|
||||
~wxGenericListCtrl();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID winid = -1,
|
||||
wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxLC_ICON,
|
||||
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public:
|
||||
bool SetItemPosition( long item, const wxPoint& pos ); // not supported in wxGLC
|
||||
int GetItemCount() const;
|
||||
int GetColumnCount() const;
|
||||
void SetItemSpacing( int spacing, bool isSmall = FALSE );
|
||||
void SetItemSpacing( int spacing, bool isSmall = false );
|
||||
wxSize GetItemSpacing() const;
|
||||
void SetItemTextColour( long item, const wxColour& col);
|
||||
wxColour GetItemTextColour( long item ) const;
|
||||
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ public:
|
||||
void SetTextColour(const wxColour& col);
|
||||
long GetTopItem() const;
|
||||
|
||||
void SetSingleStyle( long style, bool add = TRUE ) ;
|
||||
void SetSingleStyle( long style, bool add = true ) ;
|
||||
void SetWindowStyleFlag( long style );
|
||||
void RecreateWindow() {}
|
||||
long GetNextItem( long item, int geometry = wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, int state = wxLIST_STATE_DONTCARE ) const;
|
||||
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ public:
|
||||
void Edit( long item );
|
||||
|
||||
bool EnsureVisible( long item );
|
||||
long FindItem( long start, const wxString& str, bool partial = FALSE );
|
||||
long FindItem( long start, const wxString& str, bool partial = false );
|
||||
long FindItem( long start, long data );
|
||||
long FindItem( long start, const wxPoint& pt, int direction ); // not supported in wxGLC
|
||||
long HitTest( const wxPoint& point, int& flags);
|
||||
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ public:
|
||||
void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event );
|
||||
|
||||
// We have to hand down a few functions
|
||||
virtual void Refresh(bool eraseBackground = TRUE,
|
||||
virtual void Refresh(bool eraseBackground = true,
|
||||
const wxRect *rect = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Freeze();
|
||||
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxListCtrl: public wxGenericListCtrl
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxListCtrl() {}
|
||||
|
||||
wxListCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid = -1,
|
||||
wxListCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxLC_ICON,
|
||||
|
@@ -160,10 +160,10 @@ public:
|
||||
// no size hints
|
||||
virtual void SetSizeHints( int WXUNUSED(minW),
|
||||
int WXUNUSED(minH),
|
||||
int WXUNUSED(maxW) = -1,
|
||||
int WXUNUSED(maxH) = -1,
|
||||
int WXUNUSED(incW) = -1,
|
||||
int WXUNUSED(incH) = -1) {}
|
||||
int WXUNUSED(maxW) = wxDefaultSize.x,
|
||||
int WXUNUSED(maxH) = wxDefaultSize.y,
|
||||
int WXUNUSED(incW) = wxDefaultSize.x,
|
||||
int WXUNUSED(incH) = wxDefaultSize.y) {}
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
|
||||
// no toolbar bars
|
||||
@@ -179,15 +179,15 @@ public:
|
||||
void SetIcons( const wxIconBundle& WXUNUSED(icons) ) { }
|
||||
|
||||
// no maximize etc
|
||||
virtual void Maximize( bool WXUNUSED(maximize) = TRUE) { /* Has no effect */ }
|
||||
virtual void Maximize( bool WXUNUSED(maximize) = true) { /* Has no effect */ }
|
||||
virtual void Restore() { /* Has no effect */ }
|
||||
virtual void Iconize(bool WXUNUSED(iconize) = TRUE) { /* Has no effect */ }
|
||||
virtual bool IsMaximized() const { return TRUE; }
|
||||
virtual bool IsIconized() const { return FALSE; }
|
||||
virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool WXUNUSED(show), long WXUNUSED(style)) { return FALSE; }
|
||||
virtual bool IsFullScreen() const { return FALSE; }
|
||||
virtual void Iconize(bool WXUNUSED(iconize) = true) { /* Has no effect */ }
|
||||
virtual bool IsMaximized() const { return true; }
|
||||
virtual bool IsIconized() const { return false; }
|
||||
virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool WXUNUSED(show), long WXUNUSED(style)) { return false; }
|
||||
virtual bool IsFullScreen() const { return false; }
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return FALSE; }
|
||||
virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return false; }
|
||||
|
||||
void OnMenuHighlight(wxMenuEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event);
|
||||
@@ -287,8 +287,8 @@ public:
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxMDIChildFrame * GetActiveChild() const ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIParentFrame)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
|
||||
// Created: 01/02/97
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c)
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __MSGDLGH_G__
|
||||
@@ -47,5 +47,4 @@ private:
|
||||
#define wxMessageDialog wxGenericMessageDialog
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// __MSGDLGH_G__
|
||||
#endif // __MSGDLGH_G__
|
||||
|
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ public:
|
||||
// NB: this function will _not_ generate wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_xxx events
|
||||
int SetSelection(size_t nPage);
|
||||
// cycle thru the tabs
|
||||
// void AdvanceSelection(bool bForward = TRUE);
|
||||
// void AdvanceSelection(bool bForward = true);
|
||||
// get the currently selected page
|
||||
int GetSelection() const { return m_nSelection; }
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
|
||||
bool InsertPage(size_t nPage,
|
||||
wxNotebookPage *pPage,
|
||||
const wxString& strText,
|
||||
bool bSelect = FALSE,
|
||||
bool bSelect = false,
|
||||
int imageId = -1);
|
||||
|
||||
// callbacks
|
||||
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ public:
|
||||
// base class virtuals
|
||||
// -------------------
|
||||
virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
|
||||
virtual void SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse = TRUE);
|
||||
virtual void SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse = true);
|
||||
virtual bool DoPhase(int nPhase);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation
|
||||
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation: calculate the layout of the view rect
|
||||
// and resize the children if required
|
||||
bool RefreshLayout(bool force = TRUE);
|
||||
bool RefreshLayout(bool force = true);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// common part of all ctors
|
||||
|
@@ -45,12 +45,12 @@ public:
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
|
||||
Create(parent, -1, wxPoint(x, y), wxSize(width, height), style, name);
|
||||
Create(parent, wxID_ANY, wxPoint(x, y), wxSize(width, height), style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
wxPanel(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID winid = -1,
|
||||
wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL | wxNO_BORDER,
|
||||
@@ -82,14 +82,14 @@ public:
|
||||
virtual void InitDialog();
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
|
||||
virtual bool IsCanvasWindow() const { return TRUE; }
|
||||
virtual bool ProvidesBackground() const { return TRUE; }
|
||||
virtual bool IsCanvasWindow() const { return true; }
|
||||
virtual bool ProvidesBackground() const { return true; }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void ApplyParentThemeBackground(const wxColour& bg)
|
||||
{ SetBackgroundColour(bg); }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER();
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
@@ -31,10 +31,10 @@ public:
|
||||
wxPostScriptPrinter(wxPrintDialogData *data = (wxPrintDialogData *) NULL);
|
||||
virtual ~wxPostScriptPrinter();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool prompt = TRUE);
|
||||
virtual bool Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool prompt = true);
|
||||
virtual wxDC* PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent);
|
||||
virtual bool Setup(wxWindow *parent);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPostScriptPrinter)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
|
||||
// Created: 2004/04/12
|
||||
// RCS-ID: $Id$
|
||||
// Copyright: (c) 2004 David Elliott
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
||||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_REGION_H__
|
||||
|
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ enum wxSashEdgePosition {
|
||||
class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSashEdge
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxSashEdge() { m_show = FALSE; m_border = FALSE; m_margin = 0; }
|
||||
wxSashEdge() { m_show = false; m_border = false; m_margin = 0; }
|
||||
|
||||
bool m_show; // Is the sash showing?
|
||||
bool m_border; // Do we draw a border?
|
||||
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ public:
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Normal constructor
|
||||
wxSashWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
wxSashWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxSW_3D|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, const wxString& name = wxT("sashWindow"))
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
~wxSashWindow();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxSW_3D|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, const wxString& name = wxT("sashWindow"));
|
||||
|
||||
// Set whether there's a sash in this position
|
||||
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ public:
|
||||
//// dragging the top below the bottom)
|
||||
inline void SetDragStatus(wxSashDragStatus status) { m_dragStatus = status; }
|
||||
inline wxSashDragStatus GetDragStatus() const { return m_dragStatus; }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxSashEdgePosition m_edge;
|
||||
wxRect m_dragRect;
|
||||
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ private:
|
||||
typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSashEventFunction)(wxSashEvent&);
|
||||
|
||||
#define EVT_SASH_DRAGGED(id, fn) \
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_SASH_DRAGGED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxSashEventFunction, & fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_SASH_DRAGGED, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxSashEventFunction, & fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
#define EVT_SASH_DRAGGED_RANGE(id1, id2, fn) \
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_SASH_DRAGGED, id1, id2, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxSashEventFunction, & fn ), NULL ),
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxGenericScrolledWindow : public wxPanel,
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxGenericScrolledWindow() : wxScrollHelper(this) { }
|
||||
wxGenericScrolledWindow(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID winid = -1,
|
||||
wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxScrolledWindowStyle,
|
||||
|
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ public:
|
||||
wxSpinCtrl() { Init(); }
|
||||
|
||||
wxSpinCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ public:
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
@@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ public:
|
||||
// implementation from now on
|
||||
|
||||
// forward these functions to all subcontrols
|
||||
virtual bool Enable(bool enable = TRUE);
|
||||
virtual bool Show(bool show = TRUE);
|
||||
virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true);
|
||||
virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
|
||||
|
||||
// get the subcontrols
|
||||
wxTextCtrl *GetText() const { return m_text; }
|
||||
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ public:
|
||||
void SetTextValue(int val);
|
||||
|
||||
// put the numeric value of the string in the text ctrl into val and return
|
||||
// TRUE or return FALSE if the text ctrl doesn't contain a number or if the
|
||||
// true or return false if the text ctrl doesn't contain a number or if the
|
||||
// number is out of range
|
||||
bool GetTextValue(int *val) const;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ public:
|
||||
wxSpinCtrl() { Init(); }
|
||||
|
||||
wxSpinCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ public:
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
|
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ public:
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Normal constructor
|
||||
wxSplitterWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
wxSplitterWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxSP_3D,
|
||||
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxSplitterWindow();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxSP_3D,
|
||||
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSplitterEventFunction)(wxSplitterEvent&);
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( \
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGED, \
|
||||
id, \
|
||||
-1, \
|
||||
wxID_ANY, \
|
||||
(wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxSplitterEventFunction, &fn ), \
|
||||
NULL \
|
||||
),
|
||||
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSplitterEventFunction)(wxSplitterEvent&);
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( \
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGING, \
|
||||
id, \
|
||||
-1, \
|
||||
wxID_ANY, \
|
||||
(wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxSplitterEventFunction, &fn ), \
|
||||
NULL \
|
||||
),
|
||||
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSplitterEventFunction)(wxSplitterEvent&);
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( \
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_DOUBLECLICKED, \
|
||||
id, \
|
||||
-1, \
|
||||
wxID_ANY, \
|
||||
(wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxSplitterEventFunction, &fn ), \
|
||||
NULL \
|
||||
),
|
||||
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSplitterEventFunction)(wxSplitterEvent&);
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( \
|
||||
wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_UNSPLIT, \
|
||||
id, \
|
||||
-1, \
|
||||
wxID_ANY, \
|
||||
(wxObjectEventFunction)(wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxSplitterEventFunction, &fn ), \
|
||||
NULL \
|
||||
),
|
||||
|
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ public:
|
||||
void SetBorderY(int y);
|
||||
|
||||
void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnRightDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -114,14 +114,14 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
inline void SetWindow(wxWindow* wnd) { m_window = wnd; }
|
||||
inline wxWindow* GetWindow(void) const { return m_window; }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Automatically positions tabs
|
||||
wxTabControl *AddTab(int id, const wxString& label, wxTabControl *existingTab = (wxTabControl *) NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
// Remove the tab without deleting the window
|
||||
bool RemoveTab(int id);
|
||||
|
||||
void ClearTabs(bool deleteTabs = TRUE);
|
||||
|
||||
void ClearTabs(bool deleteTabs = true);
|
||||
|
||||
bool SetTabText(int id, const wxString& label);
|
||||
wxString GetTabText(int id) const;
|
||||
@@ -131,14 +131,14 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
// Draw all tabs
|
||||
virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc);
|
||||
|
||||
// Process mouse event, return FALSE if we didn't process it
|
||||
|
||||
// Process mouse event, return false if we didn't process it
|
||||
virtual bool OnEvent(wxMouseEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
// Called when a tab is activated
|
||||
virtual void OnTabActivate(int activateId, int deactivateId);
|
||||
// Allows vetoing
|
||||
virtual bool OnTabPreActivate(int WXUNUSED(activateId), int WXUNUSED(deactivateId) ) { return TRUE; };
|
||||
virtual bool OnTabPreActivate(int WXUNUSED(activateId), int WXUNUSED(deactivateId) ) { return true; };
|
||||
|
||||
// Allows use of application-supplied wxTabControl classes.
|
||||
virtual wxTabControl *OnCreateTabControl(void) { return new wxTabControl(this); }
|
||||
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ public:
|
||||
void SetShadowColour(const wxColour& col);
|
||||
void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col);
|
||||
inline void SetTextColour(const wxColour& col) { m_textColour = col; }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxColour GetHighlightColour(void) const { return m_highlightColour; }
|
||||
inline wxColour GetShadowColour(void) const { return m_shadowColour; }
|
||||
inline wxColour GetBackgroundColour(void) const { return m_backgroundColour; }
|
||||
@@ -156,17 +156,17 @@ public:
|
||||
inline wxPen *GetShadowPen(void) const { return m_shadowPen; }
|
||||
inline wxPen *GetBackgroundPen(void) const { return m_backgroundPen; }
|
||||
inline wxBrush *GetBackgroundBrush(void) const { return m_backgroundBrush; }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline void SetViewRect(const wxRect& rect) { m_tabViewRect = rect; }
|
||||
inline wxRect GetViewRect(void) const { return m_tabViewRect; }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculate tab width to fit to view, and optionally adjust the view
|
||||
// to fit the tabs exactly.
|
||||
int CalculateTabWidth(int noTabs, bool adjustView = FALSE);
|
||||
int CalculateTabWidth(int noTabs, bool adjustView = false);
|
||||
|
||||
inline void SetTabStyle(long style) { m_tabStyle = style; }
|
||||
inline long GetTabStyle(void) const { return m_tabStyle; }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline void SetTabSize(int w, int h) { m_tabWidth = w; m_tabHeight = h; }
|
||||
inline int GetTabWidth(void) const { return m_tabWidth; }
|
||||
inline int GetTabHeight(void) const { return m_tabHeight; }
|
||||
@@ -176,27 +176,27 @@ public:
|
||||
// Returns the total height of the tabs component -- this may be several
|
||||
// times the height of a tab, if there are several tab layers (rows).
|
||||
int GetTotalTabHeight();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline int GetTopMargin(void) const { return m_topMargin; }
|
||||
inline void SetTopMargin(int margin) { m_topMargin = margin; }
|
||||
|
||||
void SetTabSelection(int sel, bool activateTool = TRUE);
|
||||
|
||||
void SetTabSelection(int sel, bool activateTool = true);
|
||||
inline int GetTabSelection() const { return m_tabSelection; }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Find tab control for id
|
||||
wxTabControl *FindTabControlForId(int id) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Find tab control for layer, position (starting from zero)
|
||||
wxTabControl *FindTabControlForPosition(int layer, int position) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline int GetHorizontalTabOffset() const { return m_tabHorizontalOffset; }
|
||||
inline int GetHorizontalTabSpacing() const { return m_tabHorizontalSpacing; }
|
||||
inline void SetHorizontalTabOffset(int sp) { m_tabHorizontalOffset = sp; }
|
||||
inline void SetHorizontalTabSpacing(int sp) { m_tabHorizontalSpacing = sp; }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline void SetVerticalTabTextSpacing(int s) { m_tabVerticalTextSpacing = s; }
|
||||
inline int GetVerticalTabTextSpacing() const { return m_tabVerticalTextSpacing; }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxFont *GetTabFont() const { return (wxFont*) & m_tabFont; }
|
||||
inline void SetTabFont(const wxFont& f) { m_tabFont = f; }
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ public:
|
||||
inline void SetSelectedTabFont(const wxFont& f) { m_tabSelectedFont = f; }
|
||||
// Find the node and the column at which this control is positioned.
|
||||
wxList::compatibility_iterator FindTabNodeAndColumn(wxTabControl *control, int *col) const ;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Do the necessary to change to this tab
|
||||
virtual bool ChangeTab(wxTabControl *control);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ public:
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// List of layers, from front to back.
|
||||
wxTabLayerList m_layers;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Selected tab
|
||||
int m_tabSelection;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -229,13 +229,13 @@ protected:
|
||||
|
||||
// Usual tab width
|
||||
int m_tabWidth;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Space between tabs
|
||||
int m_tabHorizontalSpacing;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Space between top of normal tab and text
|
||||
int m_tabVerticalTextSpacing;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Horizontal offset of each tab row above the first
|
||||
int m_tabHorizontalOffset;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ protected:
|
||||
// The position and size of the view above which the tabs are placed.
|
||||
// I.e., the internal client area of the sheet.
|
||||
wxRect m_tabViewRect;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Bitlist of styles
|
||||
long m_tabStyle;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -255,16 +255,16 @@ protected:
|
||||
wxColour m_shadowColour;
|
||||
wxColour m_backgroundColour;
|
||||
wxColour m_textColour;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Pen and brush cache
|
||||
wxPen* m_highlightPen;
|
||||
wxPen* m_shadowPen;
|
||||
wxPen* m_backgroundPen;
|
||||
wxBrush* m_backgroundBrush;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxFont m_tabFont;
|
||||
wxFont m_tabSelectedFont;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int m_noTabs;
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindow* m_window;
|
||||
@@ -273,11 +273,11 @@ protected:
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* A dialog box class that is tab-friendly
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxTabbedDialog: public wxDialog
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabbedDialog)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
wxTabbedDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title,
|
||||
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ public:
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long windowStyle = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE, const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr);
|
||||
~wxTabbedDialog(void);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxTabView *GetTabView() const { return m_tabView; }
|
||||
inline void SetTabView(wxTabView *v) { m_tabView = v; }
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxTabView* m_tabView;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
class WXDLLEXPORT wxTabbedPanel: public wxPanel
|
||||
{
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabbedPanel)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
wxTabbedPanel(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
@@ -314,16 +314,16 @@ public:
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long windowStyle = 0, const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr);
|
||||
~wxTabbedPanel(void);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline wxTabView *GetTabView() const { return m_tabView; }
|
||||
inline void SetTabView(wxTabView *v) { m_tabView = v; }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event);
|
||||
void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
wxTabView* m_tabView;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -343,9 +343,9 @@ public:
|
||||
// Specific to this class
|
||||
void AddTabWindow(int id, wxWindow *window);
|
||||
wxWindow *GetTabWindow(int id) const ;
|
||||
void ClearWindows(bool deleteWindows = TRUE);
|
||||
void ClearWindows(bool deleteWindows = true);
|
||||
inline wxWindow *GetCurrentWindow() const { return m_currentWindow; }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ShowWindowForTab(int id);
|
||||
// inline wxList& GetWindows() const { return (wxList&) m_tabWindows; }
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -78,9 +78,9 @@ wxGetTextFromUser(const wxString& message,
|
||||
const wxString& caption = wxGetTextFromUserPromptStr,
|
||||
const wxString& default_value = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *) NULL,
|
||||
int x = -1,
|
||||
int y = -1,
|
||||
bool centre = TRUE);
|
||||
int x = wxDefaultPosition.x,
|
||||
int y = wxDefaultPosition.y,
|
||||
bool centre = true);
|
||||
|
||||
wxString WXDLLEXPORT
|
||||
wxGetPasswordFromUser(const wxString& message,
|
||||
|
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ public:
|
||||
{ Init(); }
|
||||
~wxTimer();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool Start(int millisecs = -1, bool oneShot = FALSE);
|
||||
virtual bool Start(int millisecs = -1, bool oneShot = false);
|
||||
virtual void Stop();
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool IsRunning() const;
|
||||
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ protected:
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxTimerDesc *m_desc;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxTimer)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ public:
|
||||
// --------
|
||||
wxGenericTreeCtrl() { Init(); }
|
||||
|
||||
wxGenericTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
wxGenericTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE,
|
||||
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~wxGenericTreeCtrl();
|
||||
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE,
|
||||
@@ -142,10 +142,10 @@ public:
|
||||
// allow the user to expand the items which don't have any children now
|
||||
// - but instead add them only when needed, thus minimizing memory
|
||||
// usage and loading time.
|
||||
void SetItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool has = TRUE);
|
||||
void SetItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool has = true);
|
||||
|
||||
// the item will be shown in bold
|
||||
void SetItemBold(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool bold = TRUE);
|
||||
void SetItemBold(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool bold = true);
|
||||
|
||||
// set the item's text colour
|
||||
void SetItemTextColour(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxColour& col);
|
||||
@@ -183,15 +183,15 @@ public:
|
||||
// number of children
|
||||
// ------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// if 'recursively' is FALSE, only immediate children count, otherwise
|
||||
// if 'recursively' is false, only immediate children count, otherwise
|
||||
// the returned number is the number of all items in this branch
|
||||
size_t GetChildrenCount(const wxTreeItemId& item,
|
||||
bool recursively = TRUE) const;
|
||||
bool recursively = true) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// navigation
|
||||
// ----------
|
||||
|
||||
// wxTreeItemId.IsOk() will return FALSE if there is no such item
|
||||
// wxTreeItemId.IsOk() will return false if there is no such item
|
||||
|
||||
// get the root tree item
|
||||
wxTreeItemId GetRootItem() const { return m_anchor; }
|
||||
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ public:
|
||||
// get the bounding rectangle of the item (or of its label only)
|
||||
bool GetBoundingRect(const wxTreeItemId& item,
|
||||
wxRect& rect,
|
||||
bool textOnly = FALSE) const;
|
||||
bool textOnly = false) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// Start editing the item label: this (temporarily) replaces the item
|
||||
// with a one line edit control. The item will be selected if it hadn't
|
||||
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void Freeze();
|
||||
virtual void Thaw();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// callbacks
|
||||
void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
|
||||
void OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent &event );
|
||||
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
static wxVisualAttributes
|
||||
GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// implementation helpers
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
friend class wxGenericTreeItem;
|
||||
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ protected:
|
||||
*m_imageListState,
|
||||
*m_imageListButtons;
|
||||
|
||||
int m_freezeCount;
|
||||
int m_freezeCount;
|
||||
int m_dragCount;
|
||||
wxPoint m_dragStart;
|
||||
wxGenericTreeItem *m_dropTarget;
|
||||
@@ -457,8 +457,8 @@ protected:
|
||||
void DrawDropEffect(wxGenericTreeItem *item);
|
||||
|
||||
void DoSelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& id,
|
||||
bool unselect_others = TRUE,
|
||||
bool extended_select = FALSE);
|
||||
bool unselect_others = true,
|
||||
bool extended_select = false);
|
||||
|
||||
wxTreeItemId DoInsertItem(const wxTreeItemId& parent,
|
||||
size_t previous,
|
||||
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxTreeCtrl: public wxGenericTreeCtrl
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxTreeCtrl() {}
|
||||
|
||||
wxTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = -1,
|
||||
wxTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
long style = wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE,
|
||||
|
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ public:
|
||||
// ctor
|
||||
wxWizard() { Init(); }
|
||||
wxWizard(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
int id = -1,
|
||||
int id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxString& title = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ public:
|
||||
Create(parent, id, title, bitmap, pos, style);
|
||||
}
|
||||
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
int id = -1,
|
||||
int id = wxID_ANY,
|
||||
const wxString& title = wxEmptyString,
|
||||
const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
@@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ public:
|
||||
bool IsRunning() const { return m_page != NULL; }
|
||||
|
||||
// show the prev/next page, but call TransferDataFromWindow on the current
|
||||
// page first and return FALSE without changing the page if
|
||||
// TransferDataFromWindow() returns FALSE - otherwise, returns TRUE
|
||||
bool ShowPage(wxWizardPage *page, bool goingForward = TRUE);
|
||||
// page first and return false without changing the page if
|
||||
// TransferDataFromWindow() returns false - otherwise, returns true
|
||||
bool ShowPage(wxWizardPage *page, bool goingForward = true);
|
||||
|
||||
// do fill the dialog with controls
|
||||
// this is app-overridable to, for example, set help and tooltip text
|
||||
@@ -87,9 +87,9 @@ private:
|
||||
void AddButtonRow(wxBoxSizer *mainColumn);
|
||||
|
||||
void FinishLayout();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxSize GetManualPageSize() const;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// the page size requested by user
|
||||
wxSize m_sizePage;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -109,18 +109,18 @@ private:
|
||||
bool m_calledSetBorder;
|
||||
// Border around page area sizer requested using SetBorder()
|
||||
int m_border;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Whether RunWizard() was called
|
||||
bool m_started;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Page area sizer will be inserted here with padding
|
||||
wxBoxSizer *m_sizerBmpAndPage;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Actual position and size of pages
|
||||
wxWizardSizer *m_sizerPage;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
friend class wxWizardSizer;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWizard)
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWizard)
|
||||
|
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxInfoFrame::wxInfoFrame(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& message)
|
||||
: wxFrame(parent, -1, wxT("Busy"),
|
||||
: wxFrame(parent, wxID_ANY, wxT("Busy"),
|
||||
wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
#if defined(__WXX11__)
|
||||
wxTHICK_FRAME
|
||||
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ wxInfoFrame::wxInfoFrame(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& message)
|
||||
| wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxPanel *panel = new wxPanel( this );
|
||||
wxStaticText *text = new wxStaticText(panel, -1, message);
|
||||
wxStaticText *text = new wxStaticText(panel, wxID_ANY, message);
|
||||
|
||||
panel->SetCursor(*wxHOURGLASS_CURSOR);
|
||||
text->SetCursor(*wxHOURGLASS_CURSOR);
|
||||
@@ -104,9 +104,9 @@ wxInfoFrame::wxInfoFrame(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& message)
|
||||
wxBusyInfo::wxBusyInfo(const wxString& message, wxWindow *parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_InfoFrame = new wxInfoFrame( parent, message);
|
||||
m_InfoFrame->Show(TRUE);
|
||||
m_InfoFrame->Show(true);
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC__
|
||||
m_InfoFrame->Update() ;
|
||||
m_InfoFrame->Update() ;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
wxYield();
|
||||
m_InfoFrame->Refresh();
|
||||
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ wxBusyInfo::wxBusyInfo(const wxString& message, wxWindow *parent)
|
||||
|
||||
wxBusyInfo::~wxBusyInfo()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_InfoFrame->Show(FALSE);
|
||||
m_InfoFrame->Show(false);
|
||||
m_InfoFrame->Close();
|
||||
wxYield();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ class wxYearSpinCtrl : public wxSpinCtrl
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxYearSpinCtrl(wxCalendarCtrl *cal);
|
||||
|
||||
void OnYearTextChange(wxCommandEvent& event)
|
||||
void OnYearTextChange(wxCommandEvent& event)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_cal->SetUserChangedYear();
|
||||
m_cal->OnYearChange(event);
|
||||
@@ -96,12 +96,12 @@ BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxCalendarCtrl, wxControl)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxMonthComboBox, wxComboBox)
|
||||
EVT_COMBOBOX(-1, wxMonthComboBox::OnMonthChange)
|
||||
EVT_COMBOBOX(wxID_ANY, wxMonthComboBox::OnMonthChange)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxYearSpinCtrl, wxSpinCtrl)
|
||||
EVT_TEXT(-1, wxYearSpinCtrl::OnYearTextChange)
|
||||
EVT_SPINCTRL(-1, wxYearSpinCtrl::OnYearChange)
|
||||
EVT_TEXT(wxID_ANY, wxYearSpinCtrl::OnYearTextChange)
|
||||
EVT_SPINCTRL(wxID_ANY, wxYearSpinCtrl::OnYearChange)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
|
||||
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxCalendarCtrlStyle )
|
||||
wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
|
||||
wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
|
||||
wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// old style border flags
|
||||
wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
|
||||
wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
|
||||
@@ -150,14 +150,14 @@ IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxCalendarCtrl, wxControl,"wx/calctrl.h")
|
||||
wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxCalendarCtrl)
|
||||
wxEVENT_RANGE_PROPERTY( Updated , wxEVT_CALENDAR_SEL_CHANGED , wxEVT_CALENDAR_WEEKDAY_CLICKED , wxCalendarEvent )
|
||||
wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
|
||||
wxPROPERTY( Date,wxDateTime, SetDate , GetDate, , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
|
||||
wxPROPERTY( Date,wxDateTime, SetDate , GetDate, , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
|
||||
wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxCalendarCtrlStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
|
||||
wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxCalendarCtrl)
|
||||
wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
wxCONSTRUCTOR_6( wxCalendarCtrl , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxDateTime , Date , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
|
||||
wxCONSTRUCTOR_6( wxCalendarCtrl , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxDateTime , Date , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
|
||||
#else
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCalendarCtrl, wxControl)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_CALENDAR_WEEKDAY_CLICKED)
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
wxMonthComboBox::wxMonthComboBox(wxCalendarCtrl *cal)
|
||||
: wxComboBox(cal->GetParent(), -1,
|
||||
: wxComboBox(cal->GetParent(), wxID_ANY,
|
||||
wxEmptyString,
|
||||
wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
@@ -199,11 +199,15 @@ wxMonthComboBox::wxMonthComboBox(wxCalendarCtrl *cal)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SetSelection(m_cal->GetDate().GetMonth());
|
||||
SetSize(-1, -1, -1, -1, wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH|wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT);
|
||||
SetSize(wxDefaultPosition.x,
|
||||
wxDefaultPosition.y,
|
||||
wxDefaultSize.x,
|
||||
wxDefaultSize.y,
|
||||
wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH|wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxYearSpinCtrl::wxYearSpinCtrl(wxCalendarCtrl *cal)
|
||||
: wxSpinCtrl(cal->GetParent(), -1,
|
||||
: wxSpinCtrl(cal->GetParent(), wxID_ANY,
|
||||
cal->GetDate().Format(_T("%Y")),
|
||||
wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
@@ -227,7 +231,7 @@ wxCalendarCtrl::wxCalendarCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxString& name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
(void)Create(parent, id, date, pos, size, style, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -238,7 +242,7 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::Init()
|
||||
m_staticYear = NULL;
|
||||
m_staticMonth = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
m_userChangedYear = FALSE;
|
||||
m_userChangedYear = false;
|
||||
|
||||
m_widthCol =
|
||||
m_heightRow = 0;
|
||||
@@ -276,7 +280,7 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
style | wxCLIP_CHILDREN | wxWANTS_CHARS,
|
||||
wxDefaultValidator, name) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// needed to get the arrow keys normally used for the dialog navigation
|
||||
@@ -290,12 +294,12 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
if ( !HasFlag(wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_spinYear = new wxYearSpinCtrl(this);
|
||||
m_staticYear = new wxStaticText(GetParent(), -1, m_date.Format(_T("%Y")),
|
||||
m_staticYear = new wxStaticText(GetParent(), wxID_ANY, m_date.Format(_T("%Y")),
|
||||
wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
wxALIGN_CENTRE);
|
||||
|
||||
m_comboMonth = new wxMonthComboBox(this);
|
||||
m_staticMonth = new wxStaticText(GetParent(), -1, m_date.Format(_T("%B")),
|
||||
m_staticMonth = new wxStaticText(GetParent(), wxID_ANY, m_date.Format(_T("%B")),
|
||||
wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
wxALIGN_CENTRE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -303,12 +307,12 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
ShowCurrentControls();
|
||||
|
||||
wxSize sizeReal;
|
||||
if ( size.x == -1 || size.y == -1 )
|
||||
if ( size.x == wxDefaultSize.x || size.y == wxDefaultSize.y )
|
||||
{
|
||||
sizeReal = DoGetBestSize();
|
||||
if ( size.x != -1 )
|
||||
if ( size.x != wxDefaultSize.x )
|
||||
sizeReal.x = size.x;
|
||||
if ( size.y != -1 )
|
||||
if ( size.y != wxDefaultSize.y )
|
||||
sizeReal.y = size.y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
@@ -327,7 +331,7 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
|
||||
SetHolidayAttrs();
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxCalendarCtrl::~wxCalendarCtrl()
|
||||
@@ -365,7 +369,7 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::Show(bool show)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( !wxControl::Show(show) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !(GetWindowStyle() & wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION) )
|
||||
@@ -377,14 +381,14 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::Show(bool show)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxCalendarCtrl::Enable(bool enable)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( !wxControl::Enable(enable) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !(GetWindowStyle() & wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION) )
|
||||
@@ -393,7 +397,7 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::Enable(bool enable)
|
||||
GetYearControl()->Enable(enable);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -484,7 +488,7 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::EnableMonthChange(bool enable)
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxCalendarCtrl::SetDate(const wxDateTime& date)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool retval = TRUE;
|
||||
bool retval = true;
|
||||
|
||||
bool sameMonth = m_date.GetMonth() == date.GetMonth(),
|
||||
sameYear = m_date.GetYear() == date.GetYear();
|
||||
@@ -524,13 +528,13 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::SetDate(const wxDateTime& date)
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// forbidden
|
||||
retval = FALSE;
|
||||
retval = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_userChangedYear = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
m_userChangedYear = false;
|
||||
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -580,15 +584,15 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::SetDateAndNotify(const wxDateTime& date)
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxCalendarCtrl::SetLowerDateLimit(const wxDateTime& date /* = wxDefaultDateTime */)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool retval = TRUE;
|
||||
bool retval = true;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !(date.IsValid()) || ( ( m_highdate.IsValid() ) ? ( date <= m_highdate ) : TRUE ) )
|
||||
if ( !(date.IsValid()) || ( ( m_highdate.IsValid() ) ? ( date <= m_highdate ) : true ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_lowdate = date;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
retval = FALSE;
|
||||
retval = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
@@ -596,15 +600,15 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::SetLowerDateLimit(const wxDateTime& date /* = wxDefaultDate
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxCalendarCtrl::SetUpperDateLimit(const wxDateTime& date /* = wxDefaultDateTime */)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool retval = TRUE;
|
||||
bool retval = true;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !(date.IsValid()) || ( ( m_lowdate.IsValid() ) ? ( date >= m_lowdate ) : TRUE ) )
|
||||
if ( !(date.IsValid()) || ( ( m_lowdate.IsValid() ) ? ( date >= m_lowdate ) : true ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_highdate = date;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
retval = FALSE;
|
||||
retval = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
@@ -612,18 +616,18 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::SetUpperDateLimit(const wxDateTime& date /* = wxDefaultDate
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxCalendarCtrl::SetDateRange(const wxDateTime& lowerdate /* = wxDefaultDateTime */, const wxDateTime& upperdate /* = wxDefaultDateTime */)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool retval = TRUE;
|
||||
bool retval = true;
|
||||
|
||||
if (
|
||||
( !( lowerdate.IsValid() ) || ( ( upperdate.IsValid() ) ? ( lowerdate <= upperdate ) : TRUE ) ) &&
|
||||
( !( upperdate.IsValid() ) || ( ( lowerdate.IsValid() ) ? ( upperdate >= lowerdate ) : TRUE ) ) )
|
||||
( !( lowerdate.IsValid() ) || ( ( upperdate.IsValid() ) ? ( lowerdate <= upperdate ) : true ) ) &&
|
||||
( !( upperdate.IsValid() ) || ( ( lowerdate.IsValid() ) ? ( upperdate >= lowerdate ) : true ) ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_lowdate = lowerdate;
|
||||
m_highdate = upperdate;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
retval = FALSE;
|
||||
retval = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
@@ -663,20 +667,20 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::IsDateShown(const wxDateTime& date) const
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxCalendarCtrl::IsDateInRange(const wxDateTime& date) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Check if the given date is in the range specified
|
||||
return ( ( ( m_lowdate.IsValid() ) ? ( date >= m_lowdate ) : TRUE )
|
||||
&& ( ( m_highdate.IsValid() ) ? ( date <= m_highdate ) : TRUE ) );
|
||||
return ( ( ( m_lowdate.IsValid() ) ? ( date >= m_lowdate ) : true )
|
||||
&& ( ( m_highdate.IsValid() ) ? ( date <= m_highdate ) : true ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxCalendarCtrl::ChangeYear(wxDateTime* target) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool retval = FALSE;
|
||||
bool retval = false;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !(IsDateInRange(*target)) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -685,7 +689,7 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::ChangeYear(wxDateTime* target) const
|
||||
if ( target->GetYear() >= GetLowerDateLimit().GetYear() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
*target = GetLowerDateLimit();
|
||||
retval = TRUE;
|
||||
retval = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -697,7 +701,7 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::ChangeYear(wxDateTime* target) const
|
||||
if ( target->GetYear() <= GetUpperDateLimit().GetYear() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
*target = GetUpperDateLimit();
|
||||
retval = TRUE;
|
||||
retval = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -707,7 +711,7 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::ChangeYear(wxDateTime* target) const
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
retval = TRUE;
|
||||
retval = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
@@ -715,11 +719,11 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::ChangeYear(wxDateTime* target) const
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxCalendarCtrl::ChangeMonth(wxDateTime* target) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool retval = TRUE;
|
||||
bool retval = true;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !(IsDateInRange(*target)) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
retval = FALSE;
|
||||
retval = false;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( target->GetMonth() < m_date.GetMonth() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -822,18 +826,18 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height)
|
||||
wxSize sizeSpin = m_spinYear->GetSize();
|
||||
int dy = (sizeCombo.y - sizeStatic.y) / 2;
|
||||
/*
|
||||
In the calender the size of the combobox for the year
|
||||
is just defined by a margin from the month combobox to
|
||||
the left border. While in wxUniv the year control can't
|
||||
show all 4 digits, in wxMsw it show almost twice as
|
||||
much. Instead the year should use it's best size and be
|
||||
left aligned to the calendar. Just in case the month in
|
||||
any language is longer than it has space in the
|
||||
calendar it is shortend.This way the year always can
|
||||
show the 4 digits.
|
||||
In the calender the size of the combobox for the year
|
||||
is just defined by a margin from the month combobox to
|
||||
the left border. While in wxUniv the year control can't
|
||||
show all 4 digits, in wxMsw it show almost twice as
|
||||
much. Instead the year should use it's best size and be
|
||||
left aligned to the calendar. Just in case the month in
|
||||
any language is longer than it has space in the
|
||||
calendar it is shortend.This way the year always can
|
||||
show the 4 digits.
|
||||
|
||||
This patch relies on the fact that a combobox has a
|
||||
good best size implementation. This is not the case
|
||||
This patch relies on the fact that a combobox has a
|
||||
good best size implementation. This is not the case
|
||||
with wxMSW but I don't know why.
|
||||
|
||||
Otto Wyss
|
||||
@@ -994,7 +998,7 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxDateTime ldpm = wxDateTime(1,m_date.GetMonth(), m_date.GetYear()) - wxDateSpan::Day(); // last day prev month
|
||||
// Check if range permits change
|
||||
if ( IsDateInRange(ldpm) && ( ( ldpm.GetYear() == m_date.GetYear() ) ? TRUE : AllowYearChange() ) )
|
||||
if ( IsDateInRange(ldpm) && ( ( ldpm.GetYear() == m_date.GetYear() ) ? true : AllowYearChange() ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_leftArrowRect = wxRect(larrowx - 3, arrowy - 3, (arrowheight / 2) + 8, (arrowheight + 6));
|
||||
dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(*wxBLACK, wxSOLID));
|
||||
@@ -1004,7 +1008,7 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
|
||||
dc.DrawRectangle(m_leftArrowRect);
|
||||
}
|
||||
wxDateTime fdnm = wxDateTime(1,m_date.GetMonth(), m_date.GetYear()) + wxDateSpan::Month(); // first day next month
|
||||
if ( IsDateInRange(fdnm) && ( ( fdnm.GetYear() == m_date.GetYear() ) ? TRUE : AllowYearChange() ) )
|
||||
if ( IsDateInRange(fdnm) && ( ( fdnm.GetYear() == m_date.GetYear() ) ? true : AllowYearChange() ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_rightArrowRect = wxRect(rarrowx - 4, arrowy - 3, (arrowheight / 2) + 8, (arrowheight + 6));
|
||||
dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(*wxBLACK, wxSOLID));
|
||||
@@ -1082,10 +1086,10 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
|
||||
wxCoord width;
|
||||
dc.GetTextExtent(dayStr, &width, (wxCoord *)NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
bool changedColours = FALSE,
|
||||
changedFont = FALSE;
|
||||
bool changedColours = false,
|
||||
changedFont = false;
|
||||
|
||||
bool isSel = FALSE;
|
||||
bool isSel = false;
|
||||
wxCalendarDateAttr *attr = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( date.GetMonth() != m_date.GetMonth() || !IsDateInRange(date) )
|
||||
@@ -1093,7 +1097,7 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
|
||||
// surrounding week or out-of-range
|
||||
// draw "disabled"
|
||||
dc.SetTextForeground(*wxLIGHT_GREY);
|
||||
changedColours = TRUE;
|
||||
changedColours = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -1105,7 +1109,7 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
|
||||
dc.SetTextForeground(m_colHighlightFg);
|
||||
dc.SetTextBackground(m_colHighlightBg);
|
||||
|
||||
changedColours = TRUE;
|
||||
changedColours = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( attr )
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -1125,19 +1129,19 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
|
||||
if ( colFg.Ok() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
dc.SetTextForeground(colFg);
|
||||
changedColours = TRUE;
|
||||
changedColours = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( colBg.Ok() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
dc.SetTextBackground(colBg);
|
||||
changedColours = TRUE;
|
||||
changedColours = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( attr->HasFont() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
dc.SetFont(attr->GetFont());
|
||||
changedFont = TRUE;
|
||||
changedFont = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1257,7 +1261,7 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::RefreshDate(const wxDateTime& date)
|
||||
rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
Refresh(TRUE, &rect);
|
||||
Refresh(true, &rect);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxCalendarCtrl::HighlightRange(wxPaintDC* pDC, const wxDateTime& fromdate, const wxDateTime& todate, wxPen* pPen, wxBrush* pBrush)
|
||||
@@ -1351,7 +1355,7 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::HighlightRange(wxPaintDC* pDC, const wxDateTime& fromdate,
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxCalendarCtrl::GetDateCoord(const wxDateTime& date, int *day, int *week) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool retval = TRUE;
|
||||
bool retval = true;
|
||||
|
||||
#if DEBUG_PAINT
|
||||
wxLogDebug("+++ GetDateCoord: (%s) +++", date.Format("%d %m %Y"));
|
||||
@@ -1428,7 +1432,7 @@ bool wxCalendarCtrl::GetDateCoord(const wxDateTime& date, int *day, int *week) c
|
||||
{
|
||||
*day = -1;
|
||||
*week = -1;
|
||||
retval = FALSE;
|
||||
retval = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if DEBUG_PAINT
|
||||
@@ -1803,7 +1807,7 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::SetHoliday(size_t day)
|
||||
attr = new wxCalendarDateAttr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
attr->SetHoliday(TRUE);
|
||||
attr->SetHoliday(true);
|
||||
|
||||
// can't use SetAttr() because it would delete this pointer
|
||||
m_attrs[day - 1] = attr;
|
||||
@@ -1815,7 +1819,7 @@ void wxCalendarCtrl::ResetHolidayAttrs()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( m_attrs[day] )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_attrs[day]->SetHoliday(FALSE);
|
||||
m_attrs[day]->SetHoliday(false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@@ -53,14 +53,14 @@ static int gs_blinkTime = 500; // in milliseconds
|
||||
// timer stuff
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
wxCaretTimer::wxCaretTimer(wxCaret *caret)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_caret = caret;
|
||||
wxCaretTimer::wxCaretTimer(wxCaret *caret)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_caret = caret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxCaretTimer::Notify()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_caret->OnTimer();
|
||||
void wxCaretTimer::Notify()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_caret->OnTimer();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxCaret::OnTimer()
|
||||
@@ -90,8 +90,8 @@ void wxCaretBase::SetBlinkTime(int milliseconds)
|
||||
|
||||
void wxCaret::InitGeneric()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_hasFocus = TRUE;
|
||||
m_blinkedOut = TRUE;
|
||||
m_hasFocus = true;
|
||||
m_blinkedOut = true;
|
||||
|
||||
m_xOld =
|
||||
m_yOld = -1;
|
||||
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ void wxCaret::DoMove()
|
||||
|
||||
void wxCaret::OnSetFocus()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_hasFocus = TRUE;
|
||||
m_hasFocus = true;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( IsVisible() )
|
||||
Refresh();
|
||||
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ void wxCaret::OnSetFocus()
|
||||
|
||||
void wxCaret::OnKillFocus()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_hasFocus = FALSE;
|
||||
m_hasFocus = false;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( IsVisible() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@@ -246,8 +246,8 @@ bool wxAnyChoiceDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos,
|
||||
long styleLbox)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( !wxDialog::Create(parent, -1, caption, pos, wxDefaultSize, styleDlg) )
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
if ( !wxDialog::Create(parent, wxID_ANY, caption, pos, wxDefaultSize, styleDlg) )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
wxBoxSizer *topsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -266,13 +266,13 @@ bool wxAnyChoiceDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_STATLINE
|
||||
// 3) static line
|
||||
topsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, -1 ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
|
||||
topsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, wxID_ANY ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// 4) buttons
|
||||
topsizer->Add( CreateButtonSizer( styleDlg & (wxOK|wxCANCEL) ), 0, wxCENTRE | wxALL, 10 );
|
||||
|
||||
SetAutoLayout( TRUE );
|
||||
SetAutoLayout( true );
|
||||
SetSizer( topsizer );
|
||||
|
||||
topsizer->SetSizeHints( this );
|
||||
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ bool wxAnyChoiceDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
|
||||
m_listbox->SetFocus();
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxAnyChoiceDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ bool wxSingleChoiceDialog::Create( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
if ( !wxAnyChoiceDialog::Create(parent, message, caption,
|
||||
n, choices,
|
||||
style, pos) )
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
m_selection = n > 0 ? 0 : -1;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ bool wxSingleChoiceDialog::Create( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
m_listbox->SetClientData(i, clientData[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxSingleChoiceDialog::Create( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
@@ -415,9 +415,9 @@ bool wxMultiChoiceDialog::Create( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
n, choices,
|
||||
style, pos,
|
||||
wxLB_ALWAYS_SB | wxLB_EXTENDED) )
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxMultiChoiceDialog::Create( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ bool wxMultiChoiceDialog::TransferDataFromWindow()
|
||||
m_selections.Add(n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_CHOICEDLG
|
||||
|
@@ -143,9 +143,9 @@ void wxGenericColourDialog::OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericColourDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( !wxDialog::Create(parent, -1, _("Choose colour"),
|
||||
if ( !wxDialog::Create(parent, wxID_ANY, _("Choose colour"),
|
||||
wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(900, 900)) )
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
dialogParent = parent;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ bool wxGenericColourDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data)
|
||||
CalculateMeasurements();
|
||||
CreateWidgets();
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int wxGenericColourDialog::ShowModal()
|
||||
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ void wxGenericColourDialog::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event)
|
||||
PaintBasicColours(dc);
|
||||
PaintCustomColours(dc);
|
||||
PaintCustomColour(dc);
|
||||
PaintHighlight(dc, TRUE);
|
||||
PaintHighlight(dc, true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericColourDialog::CalculateMeasurements()
|
||||
@@ -265,11 +265,11 @@ void wxGenericColourDialog::CreateWidgets()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
redSlider = new wxSlider(this, wxID_RED_SLIDER, singleCustomColour.Red(), 0, 255,
|
||||
wxPoint(sliderX, 10), wxSize(-1, sliderHeight), wxVERTICAL|wxSL_LABELS);
|
||||
wxPoint(sliderX, 10), wxSize(wxDefaultSize.x, sliderHeight), wxVERTICAL|wxSL_LABELS);
|
||||
greenSlider = new wxSlider(this, wxID_GREEN_SLIDER, singleCustomColour.Green(), 0, 255,
|
||||
wxPoint(sliderX + sliderSpacing, 10), wxSize(-1, sliderHeight), wxVERTICAL|wxSL_LABELS);
|
||||
wxPoint(sliderX + sliderSpacing, 10), wxSize(wxDefaultSize.x, sliderHeight), wxVERTICAL|wxSL_LABELS);
|
||||
blueSlider = new wxSlider(this, wxID_BLUE_SLIDER, singleCustomColour.Blue(), 0, 255,
|
||||
wxPoint(sliderX + 2*sliderSpacing, 10), wxSize(-1, sliderHeight), wxVERTICAL|wxSL_LABELS);
|
||||
wxPoint(sliderX + 2*sliderSpacing, 10), wxSize(wxDefaultSize.x, sliderHeight), wxVERTICAL|wxSL_LABELS);
|
||||
|
||||
wxBoxSizer *topsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ void wxGenericColourDialog::CreateWidgets()
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_STATLINE
|
||||
// 2) static line
|
||||
topsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, -1 ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
|
||||
topsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, wxID_ANY ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// 3) buttons
|
||||
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ void wxGenericColourDialog::CreateWidgets()
|
||||
buttonsizer->Add( new wxButton(this, wxID_ADD_CUSTOM, _("Add to custom colours") ), 0, wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, 10 );
|
||||
topsizer->Add( buttonsizer, 0, wxCENTRE | wxALL, 10 );
|
||||
|
||||
SetAutoLayout( TRUE );
|
||||
SetAutoLayout( true );
|
||||
SetSizer( topsizer );
|
||||
|
||||
topsizer->SetSizeHints( this );
|
||||
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ void wxGenericColourDialog::InitializeColours(void)
|
||||
wxColour curr = colourData.GetColour();
|
||||
if ( curr.Ok() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool initColourFound = FALSE;
|
||||
bool initColourFound = false;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < WXSIZEOF(wxColourDialogNames); i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ void wxGenericColourDialog::InitializeColours(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
whichKind = 1;
|
||||
colourSelection = i;
|
||||
initColourFound = TRUE;
|
||||
initColourFound = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -477,46 +477,46 @@ void wxGenericColourDialog::PaintCustomColour(wxDC& dc)
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericColourDialog::OnBasicColourClick(int which)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxClientDC dc(this);
|
||||
wxClientDC dc(this);
|
||||
|
||||
PaintHighlight(dc, FALSE);
|
||||
whichKind = 1;
|
||||
colourSelection = which;
|
||||
colourData.SetColour(standardColours[colourSelection]);
|
||||
redSlider->SetValue( standardColours[colourSelection].Red() );
|
||||
PaintHighlight(dc, false);
|
||||
whichKind = 1;
|
||||
colourSelection = which;
|
||||
colourData.SetColour(standardColours[colourSelection]);
|
||||
redSlider->SetValue( standardColours[colourSelection].Red() );
|
||||
greenSlider->SetValue( standardColours[colourSelection].Green() );
|
||||
blueSlider->SetValue( standardColours[colourSelection].Blue() );
|
||||
singleCustomColour.Set(standardColours[colourSelection].Red(), standardColours[colourSelection].Green(), standardColours[colourSelection].Blue());
|
||||
singleCustomColour.Set(standardColours[colourSelection].Red(), standardColours[colourSelection].Green(), standardColours[colourSelection].Blue());
|
||||
|
||||
PaintCustomColour(dc);
|
||||
PaintHighlight(dc, TRUE);
|
||||
PaintCustomColour(dc);
|
||||
PaintHighlight(dc, true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericColourDialog::OnCustomColourClick(int which)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxClientDC dc(this);
|
||||
PaintHighlight(dc, FALSE);
|
||||
whichKind = 2;
|
||||
colourSelection = which;
|
||||
colourData.SetColour(customColours[colourSelection]);
|
||||
redSlider->SetValue( customColours[colourSelection].Red() );
|
||||
wxClientDC dc(this);
|
||||
PaintHighlight(dc, false);
|
||||
whichKind = 2;
|
||||
colourSelection = which;
|
||||
colourData.SetColour(customColours[colourSelection]);
|
||||
redSlider->SetValue( customColours[colourSelection].Red() );
|
||||
greenSlider->SetValue( customColours[colourSelection].Green() );
|
||||
blueSlider->SetValue( customColours[colourSelection].Blue() );
|
||||
singleCustomColour.Set(customColours[colourSelection].Red(), customColours[colourSelection].Green(), customColours[colourSelection].Blue());
|
||||
PaintCustomColour(dc);
|
||||
PaintHighlight(dc, TRUE);
|
||||
singleCustomColour.Set(customColours[colourSelection].Red(), customColours[colourSelection].Green(), customColours[colourSelection].Blue());
|
||||
PaintCustomColour(dc);
|
||||
PaintHighlight(dc, true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
void wxGenericColourDialog::OnOk(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Show(FALSE);
|
||||
Show(false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericColourDialog::OnCancel(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
colourDialogCancelled = TRUE;
|
||||
Show(FALSE);
|
||||
colourDialogCancelled = true;
|
||||
Show(false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -525,10 +525,10 @@ void wxGenericColourDialog::OnAddCustom(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
|
||||
wxClientDC dc(this);
|
||||
if (whichKind != 2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PaintHighlight(dc, FALSE);
|
||||
PaintHighlight(dc, false);
|
||||
whichKind = 2;
|
||||
colourSelection = 0;
|
||||
PaintHighlight(dc, TRUE);
|
||||
PaintHighlight(dc, true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
customColours[colourSelection].Set(singleCustomColour.Red(), singleCustomColour.Green(), singleCustomColour.Blue());
|
||||
|
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ wxPostScriptDC::wxPostScriptDC ()
|
||||
|
||||
m_pageNumber = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
m_clipping = FALSE;
|
||||
m_clipping = false;
|
||||
|
||||
m_underlinePosition = 0.0;
|
||||
m_underlineThickness = 0.0;
|
||||
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ wxPostScriptDC::wxPostScriptDC (const wxPrintData& printData)
|
||||
|
||||
m_pageNumber = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
m_clipping = FALSE;
|
||||
m_clipping = false;
|
||||
|
||||
m_underlinePosition = 0.0;
|
||||
m_underlineThickness = 0.0;
|
||||
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ wxPostScriptDC::wxPostScriptDC (const wxPrintData& printData)
|
||||
|
||||
m_printData = printData;
|
||||
|
||||
m_ok = TRUE;
|
||||
m_ok = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxPostScriptDC::~wxPostScriptDC ()
|
||||
@@ -326,16 +326,16 @@ bool wxPostScriptDC::Create( const wxString &output, bool interactive, wxWindow
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxPrintDialogData ddata( data );
|
||||
wxPrintDialog dialog( parent, &data );
|
||||
dialog.GetPrintDialogData().SetSetupDialog(TRUE);
|
||||
dialog.GetPrintDialogData().SetSetupDialog(true);
|
||||
if (dialog.ShowModal() != wxID_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_ok = FALSE;
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
m_ok = false;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
data = dialog.GetPrintDialogData().GetPrintData();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::DoSetClippingRegion (wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoo
|
||||
|
||||
wxDC::DoSetClippingRegion(x, y, w, h);
|
||||
|
||||
m_clipping = TRUE;
|
||||
m_clipping = true;
|
||||
|
||||
PsPrintf( wxT("gsave\n newpath\n")
|
||||
wxT("%d %d moveto\n")
|
||||
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::DestroyClippingRegion()
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_clipping)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_clipping = FALSE;
|
||||
m_clipping = false;
|
||||
PsPrint( "grestore\n" );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -391,13 +391,13 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::Clear()
|
||||
bool wxPostScriptDC::DoFloodFill (wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y), const wxColour &WXUNUSED(col), int WXUNUSED(style))
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxPostScriptDC::FloodFill not implemented.") );
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxPostScriptDC::DoGetPixel (wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y), wxColour * WXUNUSED(col)) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxPostScriptDC::GetPixel not implemented.") );
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPostScriptDC::DoCrossHair (wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y))
|
||||
@@ -699,14 +699,14 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::DoDrawLines (int n, wxPoint points[], wxCoord xoffset, wxCo
|
||||
wxT("%d %d moveto\n"),
|
||||
LogicalToDeviceX(points[0].x+xoffset),
|
||||
LogicalToDeviceY(points[0].y+yoffset) );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PsPrintf( wxT("%d %d lineto\n"),
|
||||
LogicalToDeviceX(points[i].x+xoffset),
|
||||
LogicalToDeviceY(points[i].y+yoffset) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PsPrint( "stroke\n" );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::DoDrawEllipse (wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPostScriptDC::DoDrawIcon( const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y )
|
||||
{
|
||||
DrawBitmap( icon, x, y, TRUE );
|
||||
DrawBitmap( icon, x, y, true );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* this has to be char, not wxChar */
|
||||
@@ -1014,12 +1014,12 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::SetFont( const wxFont& font )
|
||||
// We may legitimately call SetFont before BeginDoc
|
||||
if (!m_pstream)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PsPrint( name );
|
||||
PsPrint( " reencodeISO def\n" );
|
||||
PsPrint( name );
|
||||
PsPrint( " findfont\n" );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
char buffer[100];
|
||||
sprintf( buffer, "%f scalefont setfont\n", LogicalToDeviceYRel(m_font.GetPointSize() * 1000) / 1000.0F);
|
||||
// this is a hack - we must scale font size (in pts) according to m_scaleY but
|
||||
@@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::SetPen( const wxPen& pen )
|
||||
double redPS = (double)(red) / 255.0;
|
||||
double bluePS = (double)(blue) / 255.0;
|
||||
double greenPS = (double)(green) / 255.0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
char buffer[100];
|
||||
sprintf( buffer,
|
||||
"%.8f %.8f %.8f setrgbcolor\n",
|
||||
@@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::SetPen( const wxPen& pen )
|
||||
if (buffer[i] == ',') buffer[i] = '.';
|
||||
|
||||
PsPrint( buffer );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
m_currentRed = red;
|
||||
m_currentBlue = blue;
|
||||
m_currentGreen = green;
|
||||
@@ -1162,7 +1162,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush )
|
||||
redPS, greenPS, bluePS );
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
|
||||
if (buffer[i] == ',') buffer[i] = '.';
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PsPrint( buffer );
|
||||
|
||||
m_currentRed = red;
|
||||
@@ -1423,7 +1423,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::DoDrawText( const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y )
|
||||
|
||||
PsPrintf( wxT("%d %d moveto\n"), LogicalToDeviceX(x), LogicalToDeviceY(by) );
|
||||
PsPrint( "(" );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
const wxWX2MBbuf textbuf = text.mb_str();
|
||||
size_t len = strlen(textbuf);
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
@@ -1446,9 +1446,9 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::DoDrawText( const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y )
|
||||
PsPrint(c);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PsPrint( ") show\n" );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_font.GetUnderlined())
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxCoord uy = (wxCoord)(y + size - m_underlinePosition);
|
||||
@@ -1530,7 +1530,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::DoDrawRotatedText( const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord
|
||||
|
||||
PsPrintf( wxT("%d %d moveto\n"),
|
||||
LogicalToDeviceX(x), LogicalToDeviceY(y));
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
char buffer[100];
|
||||
sprintf(buffer, "%.8f rotate\n", angle);
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
@@ -1539,7 +1539,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::DoDrawRotatedText( const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord
|
||||
if (buffer[i] == ',') buffer[i] = '.';
|
||||
}
|
||||
PsPrint( buffer);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PsPrint( "(" );
|
||||
const wxWX2MBbuf textbuf = text.mb_str();
|
||||
size_t len = strlen(textbuf);
|
||||
@@ -1562,16 +1562,16 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::DoDrawRotatedText( const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord
|
||||
PsPrint(c);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PsPrint( ") show\n" );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sprintf( buffer, "%.8f rotate\n", -angle );
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < 100; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (buffer[i] == ',') buffer[i] = '.';
|
||||
}
|
||||
PsPrint( buffer );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_font.GetUnderlined())
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxCoord uy = (wxCoord)(y + size - m_underlinePosition);
|
||||
@@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::DoDrawRotatedText( const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord
|
||||
}
|
||||
PsPrint( buffer );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
CalcBoundingBox( x, y );
|
||||
CalcBoundingBox( x + size * text.Length() * 2/3 , y );
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1780,11 +1780,11 @@ wxSize wxPostScriptDC::GetPPI(void) const
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxPostScriptDC::StartDoc( const wxString& message )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( m_ok, FALSE, wxT("invalid postscript dc") );
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( m_ok, false, wxT("invalid postscript dc") );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( m_printData.GetPrintMode() != wxPRINT_MODE_STREAM )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_printData.GetFilename() == wxT(""))
|
||||
if (m_printData.GetFilename() == wxEmptyString)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxString filename = wxGetTempFileName( wxT("ps") );
|
||||
m_printData.SetFilename(filename);
|
||||
@@ -1796,12 +1796,12 @@ bool wxPostScriptDC::StartDoc( const wxString& message )
|
||||
if (!m_pstream)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxLogError( _("Cannot open file for PostScript printing!"));
|
||||
m_ok = FALSE;
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
m_ok = false;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_ok = TRUE;
|
||||
m_ok = true;
|
||||
m_title = message;
|
||||
|
||||
PsPrint( "%!PS-Adobe-2.0\n" );
|
||||
@@ -1861,7 +1861,7 @@ bool wxPostScriptDC::StartDoc( const wxString& message )
|
||||
|
||||
wxPageNumber = 1;
|
||||
m_pageNumber = 1;
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPostScriptDC::EndDoc ()
|
||||
@@ -1870,7 +1870,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::EndDoc ()
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_clipping)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_clipping = FALSE;
|
||||
m_clipping = false;
|
||||
PsPrint( "grestore\n" );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1955,7 +1955,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::EndDoc ()
|
||||
command += wxT(" ");
|
||||
command += m_printData.GetFilename();
|
||||
|
||||
wxExecute( command, TRUE );
|
||||
wxExecute( command, true );
|
||||
wxRemoveFile( m_printData.GetFilename() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -2019,9 +2019,9 @@ bool wxPostScriptDC::DoBlit( wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest,
|
||||
wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
|
||||
int rop, bool WXUNUSED(useMask), wxCoord WXUNUSED(xsrcMask), wxCoord WXUNUSED(ysrcMask) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( m_ok, FALSE, wxT("invalid postscript dc") );
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( m_ok, false, wxT("invalid postscript dc") );
|
||||
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( source, FALSE, wxT("invalid source dc") );
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( source, false, wxT("invalid source dc") );
|
||||
|
||||
/* blit into a bitmap */
|
||||
wxBitmap bitmap( (int)fwidth, (int)fheight );
|
||||
@@ -2033,7 +2033,7 @@ bool wxPostScriptDC::DoBlit( wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest,
|
||||
/* draw bitmap. scaling and positioning is done there */
|
||||
DrawBitmap( bitmap, xdest, ydest );
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxCoord wxPostScriptDC::GetCharHeight() const
|
||||
@@ -2146,7 +2146,7 @@ void wxPostScriptDC::DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
|
||||
/
|
||||
/ example:
|
||||
/
|
||||
/ wxPostScriptDC dc(NULL, TRUE);
|
||||
/ wxPostScriptDC dc(NULL, true);
|
||||
/ if (dc.Ok()){
|
||||
/ wxSetAFMPath("d:\\wxw161\\afm\\");
|
||||
/ dc.StartDoc("Test");
|
||||
@@ -2525,12 +2525,12 @@ bool wxPostScriptModule::OnInit()
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxInitializePrintSetupData();
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxPostScriptModule::OnExit()
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxInitializePrintSetupData(FALSE);
|
||||
wxInitializePrintSetupData(false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_2
|
||||
|
@@ -160,28 +160,29 @@ size_t wxGetAvailableDrives(wxArrayString &paths, wxArrayString &names, wxArrayI
|
||||
ULONG ulDriveNum = 0;
|
||||
ULONG ulDriveMap = 0;
|
||||
rc = ::DosQueryCurrentDisk(&ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap);
|
||||
if ( rc == 0){
|
||||
if ( rc == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i = 0;
|
||||
while (i < 26)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ulDriveMap & ( 1 << i ))
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxString path, name;
|
||||
path.Printf(wxT("%c:\\"), 'A' + i);
|
||||
name.Printf(wxT("%c:"), 'A' + i);
|
||||
if (ulDriveMap & ( 1 << i ))
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxString path, name;
|
||||
path.Printf(wxT("%c:\\"), 'A' + i);
|
||||
name.Printf(wxT("%c:"), 'A' + i);
|
||||
|
||||
int imageId;
|
||||
if (path == wxT("A:\\") || path == wxT("B:\\"))
|
||||
imageId = wxFileIconsTable::floppy;
|
||||
else
|
||||
imageId = wxFileIconsTable::drive;
|
||||
paths.Add(path);
|
||||
names.Add(name);
|
||||
icon_ids.Add(imageId);
|
||||
}
|
||||
int imageId;
|
||||
if (path == wxT("A:\\") || path == wxT("B:\\"))
|
||||
imageId = wxFileIconsTable::floppy;
|
||||
else
|
||||
imageId = wxFileIconsTable::drive;
|
||||
paths.Add(path);
|
||||
names.Add(name);
|
||||
icon_ids.Add(imageId);
|
||||
}
|
||||
i ++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else // !__WIN32__, !__OS2__
|
||||
int drive;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -236,7 +237,7 @@ size_t wxGetAvailableDrives(wxArrayString &paths, wxArrayString &names, wxArrayI
|
||||
CFStringRef cfstr = CFStringCreateWithCharacters( kCFAllocatorDefault,
|
||||
volumeName.unicode,
|
||||
volumeName.length );
|
||||
// Do something with str
|
||||
// Do something with str
|
||||
char *cstr = NewPtr(CFStringGetLength(cfstr) + 1);
|
||||
if (( cstr == NULL ) ||
|
||||
!CFStringGetCString(cfstr, cstr, CFStringGetLength(cfstr) + 1,
|
||||
@@ -307,7 +308,7 @@ bool wxIsDriveAvailable(const wxString& dirName)
|
||||
if ( dirName.Len() == 3 && dirName[1u] == wxT(':') )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxString dirNameLower(dirName.Lower());
|
||||
// VS: always return TRUE for removable media, since Win95 doesn't
|
||||
// VS: always return true for removable media, since Win95 doesn't
|
||||
// like it when MS-DOS app accesses empty floppy drive
|
||||
return (dirNameLower[0u] == wxT('a') ||
|
||||
dirNameLower[0u] == wxT('b') ||
|
||||
@@ -315,7 +316,7 @@ bool wxIsDriveAvailable(const wxString& dirName)
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__OS2__)
|
||||
@@ -328,39 +329,39 @@ int setdrive(int drive)
|
||||
(defined(__MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION) && __MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION >= 1)
|
||||
return _chdrive(drive);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
wxChar newdrive[4];
|
||||
wxChar newdrive[4];
|
||||
|
||||
if (drive < 1 || drive > 31)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
newdrive[0] = (wxChar)(wxT('A') + drive - 1);
|
||||
newdrive[1] = wxT(':');
|
||||
if (drive < 1 || drive > 31)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
newdrive[0] = (wxChar)(wxT('A') + drive - 1);
|
||||
newdrive[1] = wxT(':');
|
||||
#ifdef __OS2__
|
||||
newdrive[2] = wxT('\\');
|
||||
newdrive[3] = wxT('\0');
|
||||
newdrive[2] = wxT('\\');
|
||||
newdrive[3] = wxT('\0');
|
||||
#else
|
||||
newdrive[2] = wxT('\0');
|
||||
newdrive[2] = wxT('\0');
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(__WXMSW__)
|
||||
if (::SetCurrentDirectory(newdrive))
|
||||
if (::SetCurrentDirectory(newdrive))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// VA doesn't know what LPSTR is and has its own set
|
||||
if (!DosSetCurrentDir((PSZ)newdrive))
|
||||
if (!DosSetCurrentDir((PSZ)newdrive))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
#endif // !GNUWIN32
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxIsDriveAvailable(const wxString& dirName)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef __WXWINCE__
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef __WIN32__
|
||||
UINT errorMode = SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS | SEM_NOOPENFILEERRORBOX);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
bool success = TRUE;
|
||||
bool success = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if this is a root directory and if so,
|
||||
// whether the drive is available.
|
||||
@@ -382,7 +383,7 @@ bool wxIsDriveAvailable(const wxString& dirName)
|
||||
|
||||
if (err == -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
success = FALSE;
|
||||
success = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -416,8 +417,8 @@ wxDirItemData::wxDirItemData(const wxString& path, const wxString& name,
|
||||
* In UnixLand we just check whether the first char is a dot
|
||||
* For FileNameFromPath read LastDirNameInThisPath ;-) */
|
||||
// m_isHidden = (bool)(wxFileNameFromPath(*m_path)[0] == '.');
|
||||
m_isHidden = FALSE;
|
||||
m_isExpanded = FALSE;
|
||||
m_isHidden = false;
|
||||
m_isExpanded = false;
|
||||
m_isDir = isDir;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -434,13 +435,13 @@ void wxDirItemData::SetNewDirName(const wxString& path)
|
||||
bool wxDirItemData::HasSubDirs() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_path.IsEmpty())
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
wxDir dir;
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxLogNull nolog;
|
||||
if ( !dir.Open(m_path) )
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return dir.HasSubDirs();
|
||||
@@ -449,13 +450,13 @@ bool wxDirItemData::HasSubDirs() const
|
||||
bool wxDirItemData::HasFiles(const wxString& WXUNUSED(spec)) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_path.IsEmpty())
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
wxDir dir;
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxLogNull nolog;
|
||||
if ( !dir.Open(m_path) )
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return dir.HasFiles();
|
||||
@@ -478,7 +479,7 @@ wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGenericDirCtrlStyle )
|
||||
wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
|
||||
wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
|
||||
wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// old style border flags
|
||||
wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
|
||||
wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
|
||||
@@ -508,17 +509,17 @@ IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGenericDirCtrl, wxControl,"wx/dirctrl.h")
|
||||
|
||||
wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGenericDirCtrl)
|
||||
wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
|
||||
wxPROPERTY( DefaultPath , wxString , SetDefaultPath , GetDefaultPath , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
|
||||
wxPROPERTY( Filter , wxString , SetFilter , GetFilter , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group") )
|
||||
wxPROPERTY( DefaultFilter , int , SetFilterIndex, GetFilterIndex, EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group") )
|
||||
wxPROPERTY( DefaultPath , wxString , SetDefaultPath , GetDefaultPath , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
|
||||
wxPROPERTY( Filter , wxString , SetFilter , GetFilter , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group") )
|
||||
wxPROPERTY( DefaultFilter , int , SetFilterIndex, GetFilterIndex, EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group") )
|
||||
wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle, wxGenericDirCtrlStyle, long, SetWindowStyleFlag, GetWindowStyleFlag, EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0, wxT("Helpstring"), wxT("group") )
|
||||
wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGenericDirCtrl)
|
||||
wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
wxCONSTRUCTOR_8( wxGenericDirCtrl , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxString , DefaultPath ,
|
||||
wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle , wxString , Filter , int , DefaultFilter )
|
||||
wxCONSTRUCTOR_8( wxGenericDirCtrl , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxString , DefaultPath ,
|
||||
wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle , wxString , Filter , int , DefaultFilter )
|
||||
#else
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericDirCtrl, wxControl)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -547,7 +548,7 @@ bool wxGenericDirCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxString& name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!wxControl::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name))
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
SetBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE));
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -584,8 +585,8 @@ bool wxGenericDirCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
|
||||
m_treeCtrl->SetImageList(wxTheFileIconsTable->GetSmallImageList());
|
||||
|
||||
m_showHidden = FALSE;
|
||||
wxDirItemData* rootData = new wxDirItemData(wxT(""), wxT(""), TRUE);
|
||||
m_showHidden = false;
|
||||
wxDirItemData* rootData = new wxDirItemData(wxEmptyString, wxEmptyString, true);
|
||||
|
||||
wxString rootName;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -606,7 +607,7 @@ bool wxGenericDirCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
SetBestSize(size);
|
||||
DoResize();
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxGenericDirCtrl::~wxGenericDirCtrl()
|
||||
@@ -615,7 +616,7 @@ wxGenericDirCtrl::~wxGenericDirCtrl()
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericDirCtrl::Init()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_showHidden = FALSE;
|
||||
m_showHidden = false;
|
||||
m_currentFilter = 0;
|
||||
m_currentFilterStr = wxEmptyString; // Default: any file
|
||||
m_treeCtrl = NULL;
|
||||
@@ -634,7 +635,7 @@ void wxGenericDirCtrl::ShowHidden( bool show )
|
||||
const wxTreeItemId
|
||||
wxGenericDirCtrl::AddSection(const wxString& path, const wxString& name, int imageId)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxDirItemData *dir_item = new wxDirItemData(path,name,TRUE);
|
||||
wxDirItemData *dir_item = new wxDirItemData(path,name,true);
|
||||
|
||||
wxTreeItemId id = AppendItem( m_rootId, name, imageId, -1, dir_item);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -744,7 +745,7 @@ void wxGenericDirCtrl::CollapseDir(wxTreeItemId parentId)
|
||||
if (!data->m_isExpanded)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
data->m_isExpanded = FALSE;
|
||||
data->m_isExpanded = false;
|
||||
wxTreeItemIdValue cookie;
|
||||
/* Workaround because DeleteChildren has disapeared (why?) and
|
||||
* CollapseAndReset doesn't work as advertised (deletes parent too) */
|
||||
@@ -765,7 +766,7 @@ void wxGenericDirCtrl::ExpandDir(wxTreeItemId parentId)
|
||||
if (data->m_isExpanded)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
data->m_isExpanded = TRUE;
|
||||
data->m_isExpanded = true;
|
||||
|
||||
if (parentId == m_treeCtrl->GetRootItem())
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -784,7 +785,7 @@ void wxGenericDirCtrl::ExpandDir(wxTreeItemId parentId)
|
||||
// whether the drive is avaiable.
|
||||
if (!wxIsDriveAvailable(dirName))
|
||||
{
|
||||
data->m_isExpanded = FALSE;
|
||||
data->m_isExpanded = false;
|
||||
//wxMessageBox(wxT("Sorry, this drive is not available."));
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -869,7 +870,7 @@ void wxGenericDirCtrl::ExpandDir(wxTreeItemId parentId)
|
||||
path += wxString(wxFILE_SEP_PATH);
|
||||
path += eachFilename;
|
||||
|
||||
wxDirItemData *dir_item = new wxDirItemData(path,eachFilename,TRUE);
|
||||
wxDirItemData *dir_item = new wxDirItemData(path,eachFilename,true);
|
||||
wxTreeItemId id = AppendItem( parentId, eachFilename,
|
||||
wxFileIconsTable::folder, -1, dir_item);
|
||||
m_treeCtrl->SetItemImage( id, wxFileIconsTable::folder_open,
|
||||
@@ -898,7 +899,7 @@ void wxGenericDirCtrl::ExpandDir(wxTreeItemId parentId)
|
||||
path += wxString(wxFILE_SEP_PATH);
|
||||
path += eachFilename;
|
||||
//path = dirName + wxString(wxT("/")) + eachFilename;
|
||||
wxDirItemData *dir_item = new wxDirItemData(path,eachFilename,FALSE);
|
||||
wxDirItemData *dir_item = new wxDirItemData(path,eachFilename,false);
|
||||
int image_id = wxFileIconsTable::file;
|
||||
if (eachFilename.Find(wxT('.')) != wxNOT_FOUND)
|
||||
image_id = wxTheFileIconsTable->GetIconID(eachFilename.AfterLast(wxT('.')));
|
||||
@@ -955,9 +956,9 @@ wxTreeItemId wxGenericDirCtrl::FindChild(wxTreeItemId parentId, const wxString&
|
||||
if (childPath == path3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (path3.Len() == path2.Len())
|
||||
done = TRUE;
|
||||
done = true;
|
||||
else
|
||||
done = FALSE;
|
||||
done = false;
|
||||
return childId;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -973,7 +974,7 @@ wxTreeItemId wxGenericDirCtrl::FindChild(wxTreeItemId parentId, const wxString&
|
||||
// and select the given tree item.
|
||||
bool wxGenericDirCtrl::ExpandPath(const wxString& path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool done = FALSE;
|
||||
bool done = false;
|
||||
wxTreeItemId id = FindChild(m_rootId, path, done);
|
||||
wxTreeItemId lastId = id; // The last non-zero id
|
||||
while (id.IsOk() && !done)
|
||||
@@ -996,16 +997,16 @@ bool wxGenericDirCtrl::ExpandPath(const wxString& path)
|
||||
// Find the first file in this directory
|
||||
wxTreeItemIdValue cookie;
|
||||
wxTreeItemId childId = m_treeCtrl->GetFirstChild(lastId, cookie);
|
||||
bool selectedChild = FALSE;
|
||||
bool selectedChild = false;
|
||||
while (childId.IsOk())
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxDirItemData* data = (wxDirItemData*) m_treeCtrl->GetItemData(childId);
|
||||
|
||||
if (data && data->m_path != wxT("") && !data->m_isDir)
|
||||
if (data && data->m_path != wxEmptyString && !data->m_isDir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_treeCtrl->SelectItem(childId);
|
||||
m_treeCtrl->EnsureVisible(childId);
|
||||
selectedChild = TRUE;
|
||||
selectedChild = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
childId = m_treeCtrl->GetNextChild(lastId, cookie);
|
||||
@@ -1022,10 +1023,10 @@ bool wxGenericDirCtrl::ExpandPath(const wxString& path)
|
||||
m_treeCtrl->EnsureVisible(lastId);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxString wxGenericDirCtrl::GetPath() const
|
||||
@@ -1136,10 +1137,10 @@ bool wxGenericDirCtrl::ExtractWildcard(const wxString& filterStr, int n, wxStrin
|
||||
{
|
||||
filter = filters[n];
|
||||
description = descriptions[n];
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4
|
||||
@@ -1166,8 +1167,16 @@ void wxGenericDirCtrl::DoResize()
|
||||
// correct control height to always be returned, rather
|
||||
// than the drop-down list height which is sometimes returned.
|
||||
wxSize oldSize = m_filterListCtrl->GetSize();
|
||||
m_filterListCtrl->SetSize(-1, -1, oldSize.x+10, -1, wxSIZE_USE_EXISTING);
|
||||
m_filterListCtrl->SetSize(-1, -1, oldSize.x, -1, wxSIZE_USE_EXISTING);
|
||||
m_filterListCtrl->SetSize(wxDefaultPosition.x,
|
||||
wxDefaultPosition.y,
|
||||
oldSize.x+10,
|
||||
wxDefaultSize.y,
|
||||
wxSIZE_USE_EXISTING);
|
||||
m_filterListCtrl->SetSize(wxDefaultPosition.x,
|
||||
wxDefaultPosition.y,
|
||||
oldSize.x,
|
||||
wxDefaultSize.y,
|
||||
wxSIZE_USE_EXISTING);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
filterSz = m_filterListCtrl->GetSize();
|
||||
sz.y -= (filterSz.y + verticalSpacing);
|
||||
@@ -1189,9 +1198,9 @@ void wxGenericDirCtrl::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxTreeItemId wxGenericDirCtrl::AppendItem (const wxTreeItemId & parent,
|
||||
const wxString & text,
|
||||
int image, int selectedImage,
|
||||
wxTreeItemData * data)
|
||||
const wxString & text,
|
||||
int image, int selectedImage,
|
||||
wxTreeItemData * data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxTreeCtrl *treeCtrl = GetTreeCtrl ();
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1215,7 +1224,7 @@ wxTreeItemId wxGenericDirCtrl::AppendItem (const wxTreeItemId & parent,
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxDirFilterListCtrl, wxChoice)
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxDirFilterListCtrl, wxChoice)
|
||||
EVT_CHOICE(-1, wxDirFilterListCtrl::OnSelFilter)
|
||||
EVT_CHOICE(wxID_ANY, wxDirFilterListCtrl::OnSelFilter)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxDirFilterListCtrl::Create(wxGenericDirCtrl* parent, const wxWindowID id,
|
||||
@@ -1448,7 +1457,7 @@ class wxFileIconsTableModule: public wxModule
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileIconsTableModule)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxFileIconsTableModule() {}
|
||||
bool OnInit() { wxTheFileIconsTable = new wxFileIconsTable; return TRUE; }
|
||||
bool OnInit() { wxTheFileIconsTable = new wxFileIconsTable; return true; }
|
||||
void OnExit()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (wxTheFileIconsTable)
|
||||
@@ -1536,7 +1545,7 @@ wxImageList *wxFileIconsTable::GetSmallImageList()
|
||||
static wxBitmap CreateAntialiasedBitmap(const wxImage& img)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const unsigned int size = 16;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxImage smallimg (size, size);
|
||||
unsigned char *p1, *p2, *ps;
|
||||
unsigned char mr = img.GetMaskRed(),
|
||||
@@ -1579,7 +1588,7 @@ static wxBitmap CreateAntialiasedBitmap(const wxImage& img)
|
||||
}
|
||||
p1 += size*2 * 3, p2 += size*2 * 3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
return wxBitmap(smallimg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1598,27 +1607,27 @@ static wxImage CutEmptyBorders(const wxImage& img)
|
||||
bool empt;
|
||||
|
||||
#define MK_DTTMP(x,y) dttmp = dt + ((x + y * w) * 3)
|
||||
#define NOEMPTY_PIX(empt) if (dttmp[0] != mr || dttmp[1] != mg || dttmp[2] != mb) {empt = FALSE; break;}
|
||||
#define NOEMPTY_PIX(empt) if (dttmp[0] != mr || dttmp[1] != mg || dttmp[2] != mb) {empt = false; break;}
|
||||
|
||||
for (empt = TRUE, top = 0; empt && top < h; top++)
|
||||
for (empt = true, top = 0; empt && top < h; top++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
MK_DTTMP(0, top);
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < w; i++, dttmp+=3)
|
||||
NOEMPTY_PIX(empt)
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (empt = TRUE, bottom = h-1; empt && bottom > top; bottom--)
|
||||
for (empt = true, bottom = h-1; empt && bottom > top; bottom--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
MK_DTTMP(0, bottom);
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < w; i++, dttmp+=3)
|
||||
NOEMPTY_PIX(empt)
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (empt = TRUE, left = 0; empt && left < w; left++)
|
||||
for (empt = true, left = 0; empt && left < w; left++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
MK_DTTMP(left, 0);
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < h; i++, dttmp+=3*w)
|
||||
NOEMPTY_PIX(empt)
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (empt = TRUE, right = w-1; empt && right > left; right--)
|
||||
for (empt = true, right = w-1; empt && right > left; right--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
MK_DTTMP(right, 0);
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < h; i++, dttmp+=3*w)
|
||||
@@ -1658,7 +1667,7 @@ int wxFileIconsTable::GetIconID(const wxString& extension, const wxString& mime)
|
||||
ic = wxIcon( iconLoc.GetFileName() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
delete ft;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !ic.Ok() )
|
||||
@@ -1679,7 +1688,7 @@ int wxFileIconsTable::GetIconID(const wxString& extension, const wxString& mime)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const unsigned int size = 16;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int id = m_smallImageList->GetImageCount();
|
||||
if ((bmp.GetWidth() == (int) size) && (bmp.GetHeight() == (int) size))
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@@ -60,15 +60,15 @@ BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericDirDialog, wxDialog)
|
||||
EVT_BUTTON (wxID_OK, wxGenericDirDialog::OnOK)
|
||||
EVT_BUTTON (ID_NEW, wxGenericDirDialog::OnNew)
|
||||
EVT_BUTTON (ID_GO_HOME, wxGenericDirDialog::OnGoHome)
|
||||
EVT_TREE_KEY_DOWN (-1, wxGenericDirDialog::OnTreeKeyDown)
|
||||
EVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGED (-1, wxGenericDirDialog::OnTreeSelected)
|
||||
EVT_TREE_KEY_DOWN (wxID_ANY, wxGenericDirDialog::OnTreeKeyDown)
|
||||
EVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGED (wxID_ANY, wxGenericDirDialog::OnTreeSelected)
|
||||
EVT_TEXT_ENTER (ID_TEXTCTRL, wxGenericDirDialog::OnOK)
|
||||
EVT_CHECKBOX (ID_SHOW_HIDDEN, wxGenericDirDialog::OnShowHidden)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
wxGenericDirDialog::wxGenericDirDialog(wxWindow* parent, const wxString& title,
|
||||
const wxString& defaultPath, long style,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& sz,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& sz,
|
||||
const wxString& name):
|
||||
wxDialog(parent, ID_DIRCTRL, title, pos, sz, style, name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -87,23 +87,23 @@ wxGenericDirDialog::wxGenericDirDialog(wxWindow* parent, const wxString& title,
|
||||
|
||||
// VS: 'Home directory' concept is unknown to MS-DOS
|
||||
#ifndef __DOS__
|
||||
wxBitmapButton* homeButton =
|
||||
wxBitmapButton* homeButton =
|
||||
new wxBitmapButton(this, ID_GO_HOME,
|
||||
wxArtProvider::GetBitmap(wxART_GO_HOME, wxART_CMN_DIALOG));
|
||||
buttonsizer->Add( homeButton, 0, wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, 10 );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// I'm not convinced we need a New button, and we tend to get annoying
|
||||
// accidental-editing with label editing enabled.
|
||||
if (style & wxDD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxBitmapButton* newButton =
|
||||
wxBitmapButton* newButton =
|
||||
new wxBitmapButton(this, ID_NEW,
|
||||
wxArtProvider::GetBitmap(wxART_NEW_DIR, wxART_CMN_DIALOG));
|
||||
buttonsizer->Add( newButton, 0, wxRIGHT, 10 );
|
||||
#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
|
||||
newButton->SetToolTip(_("Create new directory"));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
|
||||
@@ -113,10 +113,10 @@ wxGenericDirDialog::wxGenericDirDialog(wxWindow* parent, const wxString& title,
|
||||
topsizer->Add( buttonsizer, 0, wxTOP | wxALIGN_RIGHT, 10 );
|
||||
|
||||
// 1) dir ctrl
|
||||
m_dirCtrl = NULL; // this is neccessary, event handler called from
|
||||
m_dirCtrl = NULL; // this is neccessary, event handler called from
|
||||
// wxGenericDirCtrl would crash otherwise!
|
||||
long dirStyle = wxDIRCTRL_DIR_ONLY|wxSUNKEN_BORDER;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMSW__
|
||||
if (style & wxDD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -124,11 +124,11 @@ wxGenericDirDialog::wxGenericDirDialog(wxWindow* parent, const wxString& title,
|
||||
// before we can call EditLabel (required for "New directory")
|
||||
dirStyle |= wxDIRCTRL_EDIT_LABELS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
m_dirCtrl = new wxGenericDirCtrl(this, ID_DIRCTRL,
|
||||
m_path, wxPoint(5, 5),
|
||||
wxSize(300, 200),
|
||||
wxSize(300, 200),
|
||||
dirStyle);
|
||||
|
||||
topsizer->Add( m_dirCtrl, 1, wxTOP|wxLEFT|wxRIGHT | wxEXPAND, 10 );
|
||||
@@ -143,12 +143,12 @@ wxGenericDirDialog::wxGenericDirDialog(wxWindow* parent, const wxString& title,
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_STATLINE
|
||||
// 3) Static line
|
||||
topsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, -1 ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
|
||||
topsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, wxID_ANY ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// 4) Buttons
|
||||
buttonsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// OK and Cancel button should be at the right bottom
|
||||
wxButton* okButton = new wxButton(this, wxID_OK, _("OK"));
|
||||
buttonsizer->Add( okButton, 0, wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, 10 );
|
||||
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ wxGenericDirDialog::wxGenericDirDialog(wxWindow* parent, const wxString& title,
|
||||
okButton->SetDefault();
|
||||
m_dirCtrl->SetFocus();
|
||||
|
||||
SetAutoLayout( TRUE );
|
||||
SetAutoLayout( true );
|
||||
SetSizer( topsizer );
|
||||
|
||||
topsizer->SetSizeHints( this );
|
||||
@@ -185,9 +185,9 @@ void wxGenericDirDialog::OnOK(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Interact with user, find out if the dir is a typo or to be created
|
||||
wxString msg;
|
||||
msg.Printf(_("The directory '%s' does not exist\nCreate it now?"),
|
||||
msg.Printf(_("The directory '%s' does not exist\nCreate it now?"),
|
||||
m_path.c_str());
|
||||
wxMessageDialog dialog(this, msg, _("Directory does not exist"),
|
||||
wxMessageDialog dialog(this, msg, _("Directory does not exist"),
|
||||
wxYES_NO | wxICON_WARNING);
|
||||
|
||||
if ( dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_YES ) {
|
||||
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ void wxGenericDirDialog::OnOK(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
// Trouble...
|
||||
msg.Printf(_("Failed to create directory '%s'\n(Do you have the required permissions?)"),
|
||||
msg.Printf(_("Failed to create directory '%s'\n(Do you have the required permissions?)"),
|
||||
m_path.c_str());
|
||||
wxMessageDialog errmsg(this, msg, _("Error creating directory"), wxOK | wxICON_ERROR);
|
||||
errmsg.ShowModal();
|
||||
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ void wxGenericDirDialog::OnNew( wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxDirItemData *new_data = new wxDirItemData( path, new_name, TRUE );
|
||||
wxDirItemData *new_data = new wxDirItemData( path, new_name, true );
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO: THIS CODE DOESN'T WORK YET. We need to avoid duplication of the first child
|
||||
// of the parent.
|
||||
|
@@ -76,11 +76,11 @@ wxGenericDragImage::~wxGenericDragImage()
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericDragImage::Init()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_isDirty = FALSE;
|
||||
m_isShown = FALSE;
|
||||
m_isDirty = false;
|
||||
m_isShown = false;
|
||||
m_windowDC = (wxDC*) NULL;
|
||||
m_window = (wxWindow*) NULL;
|
||||
m_fullScreen = FALSE;
|
||||
m_fullScreen = false;
|
||||
m_pBackingBitmap = (wxBitmap*) NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::Create(const wxCursor& cursor)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_cursor = cursor;
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Create a drag image from a bitmap and optional cursor
|
||||
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::Create(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor)
|
||||
m_cursor = cursor;
|
||||
m_bitmap = image;
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE ;
|
||||
return true ;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Create a drag image from an icon and optional cursor
|
||||
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::Create(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor)
|
||||
m_cursor = cursor;
|
||||
m_icon = image;
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE ;
|
||||
return true ;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Create a drag image from a string and optional cursor
|
||||
@@ -202,8 +202,8 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot,
|
||||
if (rect)
|
||||
m_boundingRect = * rect;
|
||||
|
||||
m_isDirty = FALSE;
|
||||
m_isDirty = FALSE;
|
||||
m_isDirty = false;
|
||||
m_isDirty = false;
|
||||
|
||||
if (window)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot,
|
||||
m_boundingRect.width, m_boundingRect.height);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Begin drag. hotspot is the location of the drag position relative to the upper-left
|
||||
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot, wxWindow* window, wxW
|
||||
|
||||
int x = fullScreenRect->GetPosition().x;
|
||||
int y = fullScreenRect->GetPosition().y;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxSize sz = fullScreenRect->GetSize();
|
||||
|
||||
if (fullScreenRect->GetParent() && !fullScreenRect->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)))
|
||||
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot, wxWindow* window, wxW
|
||||
rect.x = x; rect.y = y;
|
||||
rect.width = sz.x; rect.height = sz.y;
|
||||
|
||||
return BeginDrag(hotspot, window, TRUE, & rect);
|
||||
return BeginDrag(hotspot, window, true, & rect);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// End drag
|
||||
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::EndDrag()
|
||||
|
||||
m_repairBitmap = wxNullBitmap;
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Move the image: call from OnMouseMove. Pt is in window client coordinates if window
|
||||
@@ -334,22 +334,22 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::Move(const wxPoint& pt)
|
||||
wxPoint oldPos = m_position;
|
||||
|
||||
bool eraseOldImage = (m_isDirty && m_isShown);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_isShown)
|
||||
RedrawImage(oldPos - m_offset, pt2 - m_offset, eraseOldImage, TRUE);
|
||||
RedrawImage(oldPos - m_offset, pt2 - m_offset, eraseOldImage, true);
|
||||
|
||||
m_position = pt2;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_isShown)
|
||||
m_isDirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_isDirty = true;
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericDragImage::Show()
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxASSERT_MSG( (m_windowDC != (wxDC*) NULL), wxT("No window DC in wxGenericDragImage::Show()") );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Show at the current position
|
||||
|
||||
if (!m_isShown)
|
||||
@@ -366,13 +366,13 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::Show()
|
||||
//memDC.Blit(0, 0, m_boundingRect.width, m_boundingRect.height, m_windowDC, m_boundingRect.x, m_boundingRect.y);
|
||||
memDC.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap);
|
||||
|
||||
RedrawImage(m_position - m_offset, m_position - m_offset, FALSE, TRUE);
|
||||
RedrawImage(m_position - m_offset, m_position - m_offset, false, true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_isShown = TRUE;
|
||||
m_isDirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_isShown = true;
|
||||
m_isDirty = true;
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericDragImage::UpdateBackingFromWindow(wxDC& windowDC, wxMemoryDC& destDC,
|
||||
@@ -390,13 +390,13 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::Hide()
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_isShown && m_isDirty)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RedrawImage(m_position - m_offset, m_position - m_offset, TRUE, FALSE);
|
||||
RedrawImage(m_position - m_offset, m_position - m_offset, true, false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_isShown = FALSE;
|
||||
m_isDirty = FALSE;
|
||||
m_isShown = false;
|
||||
m_isDirty = false;
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// More efficient: erase and redraw simultaneously if possible
|
||||
@@ -404,11 +404,11 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::RedrawImage(const wxPoint& oldPos, const wxPoint& newPo
|
||||
bool eraseOld, bool drawNew)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!m_windowDC)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmap* backing = (m_pBackingBitmap ? m_pBackingBitmap : (wxBitmap*) & m_backingBitmap);
|
||||
if (!backing->Ok())
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
wxRect oldRect(GetImageRect(oldPos));
|
||||
wxRect newRect(GetImageRect(newPos));
|
||||
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::RedrawImage(const wxPoint& oldPos, const wxPoint& newPo
|
||||
memDCTemp.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap);
|
||||
memDC.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap);
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Override this if you are using a virtual image (drawing your own image)
|
||||
@@ -481,15 +481,15 @@ bool wxGenericDragImage::DoDrawImage(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pos) const
|
||||
if (m_bitmap.Ok())
|
||||
{
|
||||
dc.DrawBitmap(m_bitmap, pos.x, pos.y, (m_bitmap.GetMask() != 0));
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (m_icon.Ok())
|
||||
{
|
||||
dc.DrawIcon(m_icon, pos.x, pos.y);
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Override this if you are using a virtual image (drawing your own image)
|
||||
|
@@ -90,16 +90,16 @@ bool wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxString& title,
|
||||
int style)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( !wxDialog::Create(parent, -1, title,
|
||||
if ( !wxDialog::Create(parent, wxID_ANY, title,
|
||||
wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxRESIZE_BORDER | style) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SetData(data);
|
||||
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( m_FindReplaceData, FALSE,
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( m_FindReplaceData, false,
|
||||
_T("can't create dialog without data") );
|
||||
|
||||
wxBoxSizer *leftsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );
|
||||
@@ -108,27 +108,27 @@ bool wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxFlexGridSizer *sizer2Col = new wxFlexGridSizer(3);
|
||||
sizer2Col->AddGrowableCol(2);
|
||||
|
||||
sizer2Col->Add(new wxStaticText(this, -1, _("Search for:"),
|
||||
wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(80, -1)),
|
||||
sizer2Col->Add(new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("Search for:"),
|
||||
wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(80, wxDefaultSize.y)),
|
||||
0,
|
||||
wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL | wxALIGN_RIGHT);
|
||||
|
||||
sizer2Col->Add(10, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
m_textFind = new wxTextCtrl(this, -1, m_FindReplaceData->GetFindString());
|
||||
m_textFind = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxID_ANY, m_FindReplaceData->GetFindString());
|
||||
sizer2Col->Add(m_textFind, 1, wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL | wxEXPAND);
|
||||
|
||||
if ( style & wxFR_REPLACEDIALOG )
|
||||
{
|
||||
sizer2Col->Add(new wxStaticText(this, -1, _("Replace with:"),
|
||||
wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(80, -1)),
|
||||
sizer2Col->Add(new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("Replace with:"),
|
||||
wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(80, wxDefaultSize.y)),
|
||||
0,
|
||||
wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL |
|
||||
wxALIGN_RIGHT | wxTOP, 5);
|
||||
|
||||
sizer2Col->Add(10, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
m_textRepl = new wxTextCtrl(this, -1,
|
||||
m_textRepl = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxID_ANY,
|
||||
m_FindReplaceData->GetReplaceString());
|
||||
sizer2Col->Add(m_textRepl, 1,
|
||||
wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL | wxEXPAND | wxTOP, 5);
|
||||
@@ -140,16 +140,16 @@ bool wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
|
||||
wxBoxSizer *chksizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL);
|
||||
|
||||
m_chkWord = new wxCheckBox(this, -1, _("Whole word"));
|
||||
m_chkWord = new wxCheckBox(this, wxID_ANY, _("Whole word"));
|
||||
chksizer->Add(m_chkWord, 0, wxALL, 3);
|
||||
|
||||
m_chkCase = new wxCheckBox(this, -1, _("Match case"));
|
||||
m_chkCase = new wxCheckBox(this, wxID_ANY, _("Match case"));
|
||||
chksizer->Add(m_chkCase, 0, wxALL, 3);
|
||||
|
||||
optsizer->Add(chksizer, 0, wxALL, 10);
|
||||
|
||||
static const wxString searchDirections[] = {_("Up"), _("Down")};
|
||||
m_radioDir = new wxRadioBox(this, -1, _("Search direction"),
|
||||
m_radioDir = new wxRadioBox(this, wxID_ANY, _("Search direction"),
|
||||
wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
WXSIZEOF(searchDirections), searchDirections);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -180,23 +180,23 @@ bool wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
int flags = m_FindReplaceData->GetFlags();
|
||||
|
||||
if ( flags & wxFR_MATCHCASE )
|
||||
m_chkCase->SetValue(TRUE);
|
||||
m_chkCase->SetValue(true);
|
||||
|
||||
if ( flags & wxFR_WHOLEWORD )
|
||||
m_chkWord->SetValue(TRUE);
|
||||
m_chkWord->SetValue(true);
|
||||
|
||||
m_radioDir->SetSelection( flags & wxFR_DOWN );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( style & wxFR_NOMATCHCASE )
|
||||
m_chkCase->Enable(FALSE);
|
||||
m_chkCase->Enable(false);
|
||||
|
||||
if ( style & wxFR_NOWHOLEWORD )
|
||||
m_chkWord->Enable(FALSE);
|
||||
m_chkWord->Enable(false);
|
||||
|
||||
if ( style & wxFR_NOUPDOWN)
|
||||
m_radioDir->Enable(FALSE);
|
||||
m_radioDir->Enable(false);
|
||||
|
||||
SetAutoLayout( TRUE );
|
||||
SetAutoLayout( true );
|
||||
SetSizer( topsizer );
|
||||
|
||||
topsizer->SetSizeHints( this );
|
||||
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ bool wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
|
||||
m_textFind->SetFocus();
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ void wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
|
||||
{
|
||||
SendEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_CLOSE);
|
||||
|
||||
Show(FALSE);
|
||||
Show(false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericFindReplaceDialog::OnUpdateFindUI(wxUpdateUIEvent &event)
|
||||
|
@@ -209,13 +209,13 @@ void wxFileData::ReadData()
|
||||
// try to get a better icon
|
||||
if (m_image == wxFileIconsTable::file)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_fileName.Find(wxT('.'), TRUE) != wxNOT_FOUND)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_fileName.Find(wxT('.'), true) != wxNOT_FOUND)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_image = wxTheFileIconsTable->GetIconID( m_fileName.AfterLast(wxT('.')));
|
||||
} else if (IsExe())
|
||||
{
|
||||
} else if (IsExe())
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_image = wxFileIconsTable::executable;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_size = buff.st_size;
|
||||
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ wxString wxFileData::GetFileType() const
|
||||
return _("<LINK>");
|
||||
else if (IsDrive())
|
||||
return _("<DRIVE>");
|
||||
else if (m_fileName.Find(wxT('.'), TRUE) != wxNOT_FOUND)
|
||||
else if (m_fileName.Find(wxT('.'), true) != wxNOT_FOUND)
|
||||
return m_fileName.AfterLast(wxT('.'));
|
||||
|
||||
return wxEmptyString;
|
||||
@@ -361,16 +361,16 @@ void wxFileData::MakeItem( wxListItem &item )
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileCtrl,wxListCtrl)
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxFileCtrl,wxListCtrl)
|
||||
EVT_LIST_DELETE_ITEM(-1, wxFileCtrl::OnListDeleteItem)
|
||||
EVT_LIST_DELETE_ALL_ITEMS(-1, wxFileCtrl::OnListDeleteAllItems)
|
||||
EVT_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT(-1, wxFileCtrl::OnListEndLabelEdit)
|
||||
EVT_LIST_COL_CLICK(-1, wxFileCtrl::OnListColClick)
|
||||
EVT_LIST_DELETE_ITEM(wxID_ANY, wxFileCtrl::OnListDeleteItem)
|
||||
EVT_LIST_DELETE_ALL_ITEMS(wxID_ANY, wxFileCtrl::OnListDeleteAllItems)
|
||||
EVT_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT(wxID_ANY, wxFileCtrl::OnListEndLabelEdit)
|
||||
EVT_LIST_COL_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxFileCtrl::OnListColClick)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxFileCtrl::wxFileCtrl()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_showHidden = FALSE;
|
||||
m_showHidden = false;
|
||||
m_sort_foward = 1;
|
||||
m_sort_field = wxFileData::FileList_Name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ void wxFileCtrl::GoToParentDir()
|
||||
if (!m_dirName.IsEmpty())
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_dirName.Last() == wxT('.'))
|
||||
m_dirName = wxT("");
|
||||
m_dirName = wxEmptyString;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#elif defined(__UNIX__)
|
||||
if (m_dirName.IsEmpty())
|
||||
@@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericFileDialog,wxDialog)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
long wxGenericFileDialog::ms_lastViewStyle = wxLC_LIST;
|
||||
bool wxGenericFileDialog::ms_lastShowHidden = FALSE;
|
||||
bool wxGenericFileDialog::ms_lastShowHidden = false;
|
||||
|
||||
wxGenericFileDialog::wxGenericFileDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxString& message,
|
||||
@@ -869,10 +869,10 @@ wxGenericFileDialog::wxGenericFileDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos )
|
||||
:wxFileDialogBase(parent, message, defaultDir, defaultFile, wildCard, style, pos)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxDialog::Create( parent, -1, message, pos, wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
wxDialog::Create( parent, wxID_ANY, message, pos, wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxRESIZE_BORDER );
|
||||
|
||||
if (wxConfig::Get(FALSE))
|
||||
if (wxConfig::Get(false))
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxConfig::Get()->Read(wxT("/wxWindows/wxFileDialog/ViewStyle"),
|
||||
&ms_lastViewStyle);
|
||||
@@ -964,8 +964,8 @@ wxGenericFileDialog::wxGenericFileDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
|
||||
wxBoxSizer *staticsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL );
|
||||
if (is_pda)
|
||||
staticsizer->Add( new wxStaticText( this, -1, _("Current directory:") ), 0, wxRIGHT, 10 );
|
||||
m_static = new wxStaticText( this, -1, m_dir );
|
||||
staticsizer->Add( new wxStaticText( this, wxID_ANY, _("Current directory:") ), 0, wxRIGHT, 10 );
|
||||
m_static = new wxStaticText( this, wxID_ANY, m_dir );
|
||||
staticsizer->Add( m_static, 1 );
|
||||
mainsizer->Add( staticsizer, 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxBOTTOM, 10 );
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ wxGenericFileDialog::wxGenericFileDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
}
|
||||
SetFilterIndex( 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
SetAutoLayout( TRUE );
|
||||
SetAutoLayout( true );
|
||||
SetSizer( mainsizer );
|
||||
|
||||
mainsizer->Fit( this );
|
||||
@@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@ wxGenericFileDialog::wxGenericFileDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
|
||||
wxGenericFileDialog::~wxGenericFileDialog()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (wxConfig::Get(FALSE))
|
||||
if (wxConfig::Get(false))
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxConfig::Get()->Write(wxT("/wxWindows/wxFileDialog/ViewStyle"),
|
||||
ms_lastViewStyle);
|
||||
@@ -1118,7 +1118,7 @@ void wxGenericFileDialog::OnTextEnter( wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
|
||||
GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( cevent );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static bool ignoreChanges = FALSE;
|
||||
static bool ignoreChanges = false;
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericFileDialog::OnTextChange( wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -1150,9 +1150,9 @@ void wxGenericFileDialog::OnSelected( wxListEvent &event )
|
||||
dir += filename;
|
||||
if (wxDirExists(dir)) return;
|
||||
|
||||
ignoreChanges = TRUE;
|
||||
ignoreChanges = true;
|
||||
m_text->SetValue( filename );
|
||||
ignoreChanges = FALSE;
|
||||
ignoreChanges = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericFileDialog::HandleAction( const wxString &fn )
|
||||
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ wxString wxGridCellDateTimeRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
|
||||
|
||||
bool hasDatetime = FALSE;
|
||||
bool hasDatetime = false;
|
||||
wxDateTime val;
|
||||
wxString text;
|
||||
if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_DATETIME) )
|
||||
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ wxString wxGridCellDateTimeRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
|
||||
|
||||
if (tempval){
|
||||
val = *((wxDateTime *)tempval);
|
||||
hasDatetime = TRUE;
|
||||
hasDatetime = true;
|
||||
delete (wxDateTime *)tempval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ wxGridCellAutoWrapStringRenderer::GetTextLines(wxGrid& grid,
|
||||
|
||||
dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
|
||||
wxStringTokenizer tk(data , _T(" \n\t\r"));
|
||||
wxString thisline(wxT(""));
|
||||
wxString thisline = wxEmptyString;
|
||||
|
||||
while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ bool wxGridSelection::IsInSelection ( int row, int col )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_cellSelection[n];
|
||||
if ( row == coords.GetRow() && col == coords.GetCol() )
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ bool wxGridSelection::IsInSelection ( int row, int col )
|
||||
if ( BlockContainsCell(coords1.GetRow(), coords1.GetCol(),
|
||||
coords2.GetRow(), coords2.GetCol(),
|
||||
row, col ) )
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Now check whether the given cell is
|
||||
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ bool wxGridSelection::IsInSelection ( int row, int col )
|
||||
for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( row == m_rowSelection[n] )
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -108,10 +108,10 @@ bool wxGridSelection::IsInSelection ( int row, int col )
|
||||
for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( col == m_colSelection[n] )
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Change the selection mode
|
||||
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
|
||||
m_blockSelectionBottomRight.RemoveAt(n);
|
||||
SelectBlock( topRow, 0,
|
||||
bottomRow, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1,
|
||||
FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE );
|
||||
false, false, false, false, false );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // selmode == wxGridSelectColumns)
|
||||
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
|
||||
m_blockSelectionBottomRight.RemoveAt(n);
|
||||
SelectBlock( 0, leftCol,
|
||||
m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, rightCol,
|
||||
FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE );
|
||||
false, false, false, false, false );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::SelectRow( int row,
|
||||
|
||||
// Simplify list of selected blocks (if possible)
|
||||
count = m_blockSelectionTopLeft.GetCount();
|
||||
bool done = FALSE;
|
||||
bool done = false;
|
||||
for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords& coords1 = m_blockSelectionTopLeft[n];
|
||||
@@ -233,12 +233,12 @@ void wxGridSelection::SelectRow( int row,
|
||||
else if ( coords1.GetRow() == row + 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
coords1.SetRow(row);
|
||||
done = TRUE;
|
||||
done = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( coords2.GetRow() == row - 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
coords2.SetRow(row);
|
||||
done = TRUE;
|
||||
done = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::SelectRow( int row,
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxRect r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( row, 0 ),
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( row, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ) );
|
||||
((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( FALSE, &r );
|
||||
((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Send Event
|
||||
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::SelectRow( int row,
|
||||
m_grid,
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( row, 0 ),
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( row, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ),
|
||||
TRUE,
|
||||
true,
|
||||
ControlDown, ShiftDown,
|
||||
AltDown, MetaDown );
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::SelectCol( int col,
|
||||
|
||||
// Simplify list of selected blocks (if possible)
|
||||
count = m_blockSelectionTopLeft.GetCount();
|
||||
bool done = FALSE;
|
||||
bool done = false;
|
||||
for ( n = 0; n < count; n++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords& coords1 = m_blockSelectionTopLeft[n];
|
||||
@@ -328,12 +328,12 @@ void wxGridSelection::SelectCol( int col,
|
||||
else if ( coords1.GetCol() == col + 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
coords1.SetCol(col);
|
||||
done = TRUE;
|
||||
done = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( coords2.GetCol() == col - 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
coords2.SetCol(col);
|
||||
done = TRUE;
|
||||
done = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::SelectCol( int col,
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxRect r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( 0, col ),
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, col ) );
|
||||
((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( FALSE, &r );
|
||||
((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Send Event
|
||||
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::SelectCol( int col,
|
||||
m_grid,
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( 0, col ),
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, col ),
|
||||
TRUE,
|
||||
true,
|
||||
ControlDown, ShiftDown,
|
||||
AltDown, MetaDown );
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol,
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxRect r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol ),
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
|
||||
((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( FALSE, &r );
|
||||
((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Send Event, if not disabled.
|
||||
@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol,
|
||||
m_grid,
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol ),
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol ),
|
||||
TRUE,
|
||||
true,
|
||||
ControlDown, ShiftDown,
|
||||
AltDown, MetaDown );
|
||||
m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
|
||||
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::SelectCell( int row, int col,
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxRect r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ),
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
|
||||
((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( FALSE, &r );
|
||||
((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Send event
|
||||
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::SelectCell( int row, int col,
|
||||
m_grid,
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( row, col ),
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( row, col ),
|
||||
TRUE,
|
||||
true,
|
||||
ControlDown, ShiftDown,
|
||||
AltDown, MetaDown);
|
||||
m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
|
||||
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,
|
||||
if ( !m_grid->GetBatchCount() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxRect r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( coords, coords );
|
||||
((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( FALSE, &r );
|
||||
((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Send event
|
||||
@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,
|
||||
m_grid,
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( row, col ),
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( row, col ),
|
||||
FALSE,
|
||||
false,
|
||||
ControlDown, ShiftDown,
|
||||
AltDown, MetaDown );
|
||||
m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
|
||||
@@ -656,19 +656,19 @@ void wxGridSelection::ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( topRow < row )
|
||||
SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, row - 1, rightCol,
|
||||
FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE );
|
||||
false, false, false, false, false );
|
||||
if ( bottomRow > row )
|
||||
SelectBlock( row + 1, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
|
||||
FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE );
|
||||
false, false, false, false, false );
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ( m_selectionMode != wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( leftCol < col )
|
||||
SelectBlock( row, leftCol, row, col - 1,
|
||||
FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE );
|
||||
false, false, false, false, false );
|
||||
if ( rightCol > col )
|
||||
SelectBlock( row, col + 1, row, rightCol,
|
||||
FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE );
|
||||
false, false, false, false, false );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -687,11 +687,11 @@ void wxGridSelection::ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( col > 0 )
|
||||
SelectBlock( row, 0, row, col - 1,
|
||||
FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE );
|
||||
false, false, false, false, false );
|
||||
if ( col < m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 )
|
||||
SelectBlock( row, col + 1,
|
||||
row, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1,
|
||||
FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE );
|
||||
false, false, false, false, false );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -711,11 +711,11 @@ void wxGridSelection::ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( row > 0 )
|
||||
SelectBlock( 0, col, row - 1, col,
|
||||
FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE );
|
||||
false, false, false, false, false );
|
||||
if ( row < m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1 )
|
||||
SelectBlock( row + 1, col,
|
||||
m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
|
||||
FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE );
|
||||
false, false, false, false, false );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,
|
||||
{
|
||||
r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ),
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
|
||||
((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( FALSE, &r );
|
||||
((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( m_grid->GetId(),
|
||||
@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,
|
||||
m_grid,
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( row, col ),
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( row, col ),
|
||||
FALSE,
|
||||
false,
|
||||
ControlDown, ShiftDown,
|
||||
AltDown, MetaDown );
|
||||
m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
|
||||
@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,
|
||||
{
|
||||
r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( row, 0 ),
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( row, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ) );
|
||||
((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( FALSE, &r );
|
||||
((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( m_grid->GetId(),
|
||||
@@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,
|
||||
m_grid,
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( row, 0 ),
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( row, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ),
|
||||
FALSE,
|
||||
false,
|
||||
ControlDown, ShiftDown,
|
||||
AltDown, MetaDown );
|
||||
m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
|
||||
@@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,
|
||||
{
|
||||
r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( 0, col ),
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, col ) );
|
||||
((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( FALSE, &r );
|
||||
((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( m_grid->GetId(),
|
||||
@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ToggleCellSelection( int row, int col,
|
||||
m_grid,
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( 0, col ),
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, col ),
|
||||
FALSE,
|
||||
false,
|
||||
ControlDown, ShiftDown,
|
||||
AltDown, MetaDown );
|
||||
m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
|
||||
@@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ClearSelection()
|
||||
if ( !m_grid->GetBatchCount() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( coords1, coords1 );
|
||||
((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( FALSE, &r );
|
||||
((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ClearSelection()
|
||||
if ( !m_grid->GetBatchCount() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( coords1, coords2 );
|
||||
((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( FALSE, &r );
|
||||
((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ClearSelection()
|
||||
{
|
||||
r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( row, 0 ),
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( row, m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ) );
|
||||
((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( FALSE, &r );
|
||||
((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ClearSelection()
|
||||
{
|
||||
r = m_grid->BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords( 0, col ),
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1, col ) );
|
||||
((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( FALSE, &r );
|
||||
((wxWindow *)m_grid->m_gridWin)->Refresh( false, &r );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ void wxGridSelection::ClearSelection()
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( 0, 0 ),
|
||||
wxGridCellCoords( m_grid->GetNumberRows() - 1,
|
||||
m_grid->GetNumberCols() - 1 ),
|
||||
FALSE );
|
||||
false );
|
||||
|
||||
m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ wxExtHelpController::DisplayHelp(const wxString &relativeURL)
|
||||
// return false;
|
||||
// }
|
||||
// else
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined(__DOS__)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ wxExtHelpController::DisplayHelp(const wxString &relativeURL)
|
||||
<< WXEXTHELP_SEPARATOR << relativeURL << wxT(")");
|
||||
success = wxExecute(command);
|
||||
if(success != 0 ) // returns PID on success
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ bool wxExtHelpController::LoadFile(const wxString& ifile)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if(! wxDirExists(file))
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
mapFile << file << WXEXTHELP_SEPARATOR << WXEXTHELP_MAPFILE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ bool wxExtHelpController::LoadFile(const wxString& ifile)
|
||||
mapFile = m_MapFile;
|
||||
|
||||
if(! wxFileExists(mapFile))
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
DeleteList();
|
||||
m_MapList = new wxList;
|
||||
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ bool wxExtHelpController::LoadFile(const wxString& ifile)
|
||||
|
||||
FILE *input = wxFopen(mapFile,wxT("rt"));
|
||||
if(! input)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(fgets(buffer,WXEXTHELP_BUFLEN,input) && *buffer != WXEXTHELP_COMMENTCHAR)
|
||||
@@ -301,13 +301,13 @@ bool wxExtHelpController::LoadFile(const wxString& ifile)
|
||||
break; // error
|
||||
for(i=0; isdigit(buffer[i])||isspace(buffer[i])||buffer[i]=='-'; i++)
|
||||
; // find begin of URL
|
||||
url = wxT("");
|
||||
url = wxEmptyString;
|
||||
while(buffer[i] && ! isspace(buffer[i]) && buffer[i] !=
|
||||
WXEXTHELP_COMMENTCHAR)
|
||||
url << (wxChar) buffer[i++];
|
||||
while(buffer[i] && buffer[i] != WXEXTHELP_COMMENTCHAR)
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
doc = wxT("");
|
||||
doc = wxEmptyString;
|
||||
if(buffer[i])
|
||||
doc = wxString::FromAscii( (buffer + i + 1) ); // skip the comment character
|
||||
m_MapList->Append(new wxExtHelpMapEntry(id,url,doc));
|
||||
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ bool wxExtHelpController::LoadFile(const wxString& ifile)
|
||||
fclose(input);
|
||||
|
||||
m_MapFile = file; // now it's valid
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ bool
|
||||
wxExtHelpController::DisplayContents()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(! m_NumOfEntries)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
wxString contents;
|
||||
wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_MapList->GetFirst();
|
||||
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ wxExtHelpController::DisplayContents()
|
||||
node = node->GetNext();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool rc = FALSE;
|
||||
bool rc = false;
|
||||
wxString file;
|
||||
file << m_MapFile << WXEXTHELP_SEPARATOR << contents;
|
||||
if(file.Contains(wxT('#')))
|
||||
@@ -350,14 +350,14 @@ wxExtHelpController::DisplayContents()
|
||||
rc = DisplaySection(CONTENTS_ID);
|
||||
|
||||
// if not found, open homemade toc:
|
||||
return rc ? TRUE : KeywordSearch(wxT(""));
|
||||
return rc ? true : KeywordSearch(wxEmptyString);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool
|
||||
wxExtHelpController::DisplaySection(int sectionNo)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(! m_NumOfEntries)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
wxBusyCursor b; // display a busy cursor
|
||||
wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_MapList->GetFirst();
|
||||
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ wxExtHelpController::DisplaySection(int sectionNo)
|
||||
return DisplayHelp(entry->url);
|
||||
node = node->GetNext();
|
||||
}
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxExtHelpController::DisplaySection(const wxString& section)
|
||||
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ wxExtHelpController::KeywordSearch(const wxString& k,
|
||||
wxHelpSearchMode WXUNUSED(mode))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(! m_NumOfEntries)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
wxString *choices = new wxString[m_NumOfEntries];
|
||||
wxString *urls = new wxString[m_NumOfEntries];
|
||||
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ wxExtHelpController::KeywordSearch(const wxString& k,
|
||||
// choices[idx] = (**i).doc.Contains((**i).doc.Before(WXEXTHELP_COMMENTCHAR));
|
||||
//if(choices[idx].IsEmpty()) // didn't contain the ';'
|
||||
// choices[idx] = (**i).doc;
|
||||
choices[idx] = wxT("");
|
||||
choices[idx] = wxEmptyString;
|
||||
for(j=0;entry->doc.c_str()[j]
|
||||
&& entry->doc.c_str()[j] != WXEXTHELP_COMMENTCHAR; j++)
|
||||
choices[idx] << entry->doc.c_str()[j];
|
||||
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ wxExtHelpController::KeywordSearch(const wxString& k,
|
||||
else if(idx == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxMessageBox(_("No entries found."));
|
||||
rc = FALSE;
|
||||
rc = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ wxExtHelpController::KeywordSearch(const wxString& k,
|
||||
if(idx != -1)
|
||||
rc = DisplayHelp(urls[idx]);
|
||||
else
|
||||
rc = FALSE;
|
||||
rc = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
delete[] urls;
|
||||
delete[] choices;
|
||||
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ wxExtHelpController::KeywordSearch(const wxString& k,
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxExtHelpController::Quit()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxExtHelpController::OnQuit()
|
||||
|
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ bool wxGenericImageList::Create( int width, int height, bool WXUNUSED(mask), int
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericImageList::Create()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int wxGenericImageList::Add( const wxBitmap &bitmap )
|
||||
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ bool wxGenericImageList::Replace( int index, const wxBitmap &bitmap )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_images.Item( index );
|
||||
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( node, FALSE, wxT("wrong index in image list") );
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( node, false, wxT("wrong index in image list") );
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmap* newBitmap = (bitmap.IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxIcon))) ?
|
||||
#if defined(__VISAGECPP__)
|
||||
@@ -134,19 +134,19 @@ bool wxGenericImageList::Replace( int index, const wxBitmap &bitmap )
|
||||
m_images.Insert( next, newBitmap );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericImageList::Remove( int index )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_images.Item( index );
|
||||
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( node, FALSE, wxT("wrong index in image list") );
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( node, false, wxT("wrong index in image list") );
|
||||
|
||||
delete node->GetData();
|
||||
m_images.Erase( node );
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericImageList::RemoveAll()
|
||||
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ bool wxGenericImageList::RemoveAll()
|
||||
WX_CLEAR_LIST(wxList, m_images);
|
||||
m_images.Clear();
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericImageList::GetSize( int index, int &width, int &height ) const
|
||||
@@ -164,13 +164,13 @@ bool wxGenericImageList::GetSize( int index, int &width, int &height ) const
|
||||
|
||||
wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_images.Item( index );
|
||||
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( node, FALSE, wxT("wrong index in image list") );
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( node, false, wxT("wrong index in image list") );
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmap *bm = (wxBitmap*)node->GetData();
|
||||
width = bm->GetWidth();
|
||||
height = bm->GetHeight();
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericImageList::Draw( int index, wxDC &dc, int x, int y,
|
||||
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ bool wxGenericImageList::Draw( int index, wxDC &dc, int x, int y,
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_images.Item( index );
|
||||
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( node, FALSE, wxT("wrong index in image list") );
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( node, false, wxT("wrong index in image list") );
|
||||
|
||||
wxBitmap *bm = (wxBitmap*)node->GetData();
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ bool wxGenericImageList::Draw( int index, wxDC &dc, int x, int y,
|
||||
else
|
||||
dc.DrawBitmap( *bm, x, y, (flags & wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_TRANSPARENT) > 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ void wxSashLayoutWindow::OnCalculateLayout(wxCalculateLayoutEvent& event)
|
||||
// Make sure the sash is erased when the window is resized
|
||||
if ((pos.x != thisRect.x || pos.y != thisRect.y || sz.x != thisRect.width || sz.y != thisRect.height) &&
|
||||
(GetSashVisible(wxSASH_TOP) || GetSashVisible(wxSASH_RIGHT) || GetSashVisible(wxSASH_BOTTOM) || GetSashVisible(wxSASH_LEFT)))
|
||||
Refresh(TRUE);
|
||||
Refresh(true);
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ bool wxLayoutAlgorithm::LayoutMDIFrame(wxMDIParentFrame* frame, wxRect* r)
|
||||
|
||||
clientWindow->SetSize(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height);
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE
|
||||
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ bool wxLayoutAlgorithm::LayoutWindow(wxWindow* parent, wxWindow* mainWindow)
|
||||
|
||||
// Find the last layout-aware window, so we can make it fill all remaining
|
||||
// space.
|
||||
wxWindow *lastAwareWindow = NULL;
|
||||
wxWindow *lastAwareWindow = NULL;
|
||||
wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst();
|
||||
|
||||
while (node)
|
||||
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ bool wxLayoutAlgorithm::LayoutWindow(wxWindow* parent, wxWindow* mainWindow)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (event.GetRect().GetWidth() < 0 || event.GetRect().GetHeight() < 0)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
event.SetRect(rect);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -337,6 +337,6 @@ bool wxLayoutAlgorithm::LayoutWindow(wxWindow* parent, wxWindow* mainWindow)
|
||||
lastAwareWindow->SetSize(rect.x, rect.y, wxMax(0, rect.width), wxMax(0, rect.height));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ wxListbook::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
m_line = new wxStaticLine
|
||||
(
|
||||
this,
|
||||
-1,
|
||||
wxID_ANY,
|
||||
wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
IsVertical() ? wxLI_HORIZONTAL : wxLI_VERTICAL
|
||||
|
@@ -534,14 +534,14 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
// all these functions only do something if the line is currently visible
|
||||
|
||||
// change the line "selected" state, return TRUE if it really changed
|
||||
bool HighlightLine( size_t line, bool highlight = TRUE);
|
||||
// change the line "selected" state, return true if it really changed
|
||||
bool HighlightLine( size_t line, bool highlight = true);
|
||||
|
||||
// as HighlightLine() but do it for the range of lines: this is incredibly
|
||||
// more efficient for virtual list controls!
|
||||
//
|
||||
// NB: unlike HighlightLine() this one does refresh the lines on screen
|
||||
void HighlightLines( size_t lineFrom, size_t lineTo, bool on = TRUE );
|
||||
void HighlightLines( size_t lineFrom, size_t lineTo, bool on = true );
|
||||
|
||||
// toggle the line state and refresh it
|
||||
void ReverseHighlight( size_t line )
|
||||
@@ -623,8 +623,8 @@ public:
|
||||
int GetTextLength( const wxString &s ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void SetImageList( wxImageListType *imageList, int which );
|
||||
void SetItemSpacing( int spacing, bool isSmall = FALSE );
|
||||
int GetItemSpacing( bool isSmall = FALSE );
|
||||
void SetItemSpacing( int spacing, bool isSmall = false );
|
||||
int GetItemSpacing( bool isSmall = false );
|
||||
|
||||
void SetColumn( int col, wxListItem &item );
|
||||
void SetColumnWidth( int col, int width );
|
||||
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ public:
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// set the scrollbars and update the positions of the items
|
||||
void RecalculatePositions(bool noRefresh = FALSE);
|
||||
void RecalculatePositions(bool noRefresh = false);
|
||||
|
||||
// refresh the window and the header
|
||||
void RefreshAll();
|
||||
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ public:
|
||||
void DeleteColumn( int col );
|
||||
void DeleteEverything();
|
||||
void EnsureVisible( long index );
|
||||
long FindItem( long start, const wxString& str, bool partial = FALSE );
|
||||
long FindItem( long start, const wxString& str, bool partial = false );
|
||||
long FindItem( long start, long data);
|
||||
long HitTest( int x, int y, int &flags );
|
||||
void InsertItem( wxListItem &item );
|
||||
@@ -700,11 +700,11 @@ public:
|
||||
virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( !wxScrolledWindow::SetFont(font) )
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
m_lineHeight = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// these are for wxListLineData usage only
|
||||
@@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ void wxListItemData::SetSize( int width, int height )
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxListItemData::IsHit( int x, int y ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( m_rect, FALSE, _T("can't be called in this mode") );
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( m_rect, false, _T("can't be called in this mode") );
|
||||
|
||||
return wxRect(GetX(), GetY(), GetWidth(), GetHeight()).Inside(x, y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ wxListLineData::wxListLineData( wxListMainWindow *owner )
|
||||
m_gi = new GeometryInfo;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_highlighted = FALSE;
|
||||
m_highlighted = false;
|
||||
|
||||
InitItems( GetMode() == wxLC_REPORT ? m_owner->GetColumnCount() : 1 );
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1438,10 +1438,10 @@ bool wxListLineData::SetAttributes(wxDC *dc,
|
||||
|
||||
dc->SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxListLineData::Draw( wxDC *dc )
|
||||
@@ -1608,14 +1608,14 @@ void wxListLineData::DrawTextFormatted(wxDC *dc,
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxListLineData::Highlight( bool on )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( !IsVirtual(), FALSE, _T("unexpected call to Highlight") );
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( !IsVirtual(), false, _T("unexpected call to Highlight") );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( on == m_highlighted )
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
m_highlighted = on;
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxListLineData::ReverseHighlight( void )
|
||||
@@ -1638,8 +1638,8 @@ END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
void wxListHeaderWindow::Init()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_currentCursor = (wxCursor *) NULL;
|
||||
m_isDragging = FALSE;
|
||||
m_dirty = FALSE;
|
||||
m_isDragging = false;
|
||||
m_dirty = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxListHeaderWindow::wxListHeaderWindow()
|
||||
@@ -1665,7 +1665,7 @@ wxListHeaderWindow::wxListHeaderWindow( wxWindow *win,
|
||||
m_resizeCursor = new wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
|
||||
|
||||
#if _USE_VISATTR
|
||||
wxVisualAttributes attr = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
|
||||
wxVisualAttributes attr = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
|
||||
SetDefaultForegroundColour( attr.colFg );
|
||||
SetDefaultBackgroundColour( attr.colBg );
|
||||
SetDefaultFont( attr.font );
|
||||
@@ -1719,7 +1719,7 @@ void wxListHeaderWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
|
||||
dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxTRANSPARENT);
|
||||
|
||||
dc.SetTextForeground(GetForegroundColour());
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int x = HEADER_OFFSET_X;
|
||||
|
||||
int numColumns = m_owner->GetColumnCount();
|
||||
@@ -1746,7 +1746,7 @@ void wxListHeaderWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
|
||||
|
||||
// for this we need the width of the text
|
||||
wxCoord wLabel;
|
||||
wxCoord hLabel;
|
||||
wxCoord hLabel;
|
||||
dc.GetTextExtent(item.GetText(), &wLabel, &hLabel);
|
||||
wLabel += 2*EXTRA_WIDTH;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1871,8 +1871,8 @@ void wxListHeaderWindow::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
|
||||
if (event.ButtonUp())
|
||||
{
|
||||
ReleaseMouse();
|
||||
m_isDragging = FALSE;
|
||||
m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_isDragging = false;
|
||||
m_dirty = true;
|
||||
m_owner->SetColumnWidth( m_column, m_currentX - m_minX );
|
||||
SendListEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_END_DRAG, event.GetPosition());
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1891,7 +1891,7 @@ void wxListHeaderWindow::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
|
||||
else // not dragging
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_minX = 0;
|
||||
bool hit_border = FALSE;
|
||||
bool hit_border = false;
|
||||
|
||||
// end of the current column
|
||||
int xpos = 0;
|
||||
@@ -1907,7 +1907,7 @@ void wxListHeaderWindow::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
|
||||
if ( (abs(x-xpos) < 3) && (y < 22) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// near the column border
|
||||
hit_border = TRUE;
|
||||
hit_border = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1930,7 +1930,7 @@ void wxListHeaderWindow::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
|
||||
if ( SendListEvent(wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_BEGIN_DRAG,
|
||||
event.GetPosition()) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_isDragging = TRUE;
|
||||
m_isDragging = true;
|
||||
m_currentX = x;
|
||||
CaptureMouse();
|
||||
DrawCurrent();
|
||||
@@ -2017,7 +2017,7 @@ wxListTextCtrl::wxListTextCtrl(wxListMainWindow *owner, size_t itemEdit)
|
||||
m_itemEdited(itemEdit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_owner = owner;
|
||||
m_finished = FALSE;
|
||||
m_finished = false;
|
||||
|
||||
wxRect rectLabel = owner->GetLineLabelRect(itemEdit);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2035,7 +2035,7 @@ void wxListTextCtrl::Finish()
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxPendingDelete.Append(this);
|
||||
|
||||
m_finished = TRUE;
|
||||
m_finished = true;
|
||||
|
||||
m_owner->SetFocus();
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -2048,19 +2048,19 @@ bool wxListTextCtrl::AcceptChanges()
|
||||
if ( value == m_startValue )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// nothing changed, always accept
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !m_owner->OnRenameAccept(m_itemEdited, value) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// vetoed by the user
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// accepted, do rename the item
|
||||
m_owner->SetItemText(m_itemEdited, value);
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxListTextCtrl::OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event )
|
||||
@@ -2103,7 +2103,7 @@ void wxListTextCtrl::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent &event )
|
||||
sx = parentSize.x - myPos.x;
|
||||
if (mySize.x > sx)
|
||||
sx = mySize.x;
|
||||
SetSize(sx, -1);
|
||||
SetSize(sx, wxDefaultSize.y);
|
||||
|
||||
event.Skip();
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -2140,7 +2140,7 @@ END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
void wxListMainWindow::Init()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_dirty = true;
|
||||
m_countVirt = 0;
|
||||
m_lineFrom =
|
||||
m_lineTo = (size_t)-1;
|
||||
@@ -2155,11 +2155,11 @@ void wxListMainWindow::Init()
|
||||
m_small_spacing = 30;
|
||||
m_normal_spacing = 40;
|
||||
|
||||
m_hasFocus = FALSE;
|
||||
m_hasFocus = false;
|
||||
m_dragCount = 0;
|
||||
m_isCreated = FALSE;
|
||||
m_isCreated = false;
|
||||
|
||||
m_lastOnSame = FALSE;
|
||||
m_lastOnSame = false;
|
||||
m_renameTimer = new wxListRenameTimer( this );
|
||||
|
||||
m_current =
|
||||
@@ -2211,7 +2211,7 @@ wxListMainWindow::wxListMainWindow( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
|
||||
SetScrollbars( 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
wxVisualAttributes attr = wxGenericListCtrl::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
|
||||
wxVisualAttributes attr = wxGenericListCtrl::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
|
||||
SetDefaultForegroundColour( attr.colFg );
|
||||
SetDefaultBackgroundColour( attr.colBg );
|
||||
SetDefaultFont( attr.font );
|
||||
@@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@ bool wxListMainWindow::IsHighlighted(size_t line) const
|
||||
else // !virtual
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxListLineData *ld = GetLine(line);
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( ld, FALSE, _T("invalid index in IsHighlighted") );
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( ld, false, _T("invalid index in IsHighlighted") );
|
||||
|
||||
return ld->IsHighlighted();
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -2451,7 +2451,7 @@ bool wxListMainWindow::HighlightLine( size_t line, bool highlight )
|
||||
else // !virtual
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxListLineData *ld = GetLine(line);
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( ld, FALSE, _T("invalid index in HighlightLine") );
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( ld, false, _T("invalid index in HighlightLine") );
|
||||
|
||||
changed = ld->Highlight(highlight);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -2545,7 +2545,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::RefreshAfter( size_t lineFrom )
|
||||
else // !report
|
||||
{
|
||||
// TODO: how to do it more efficiently?
|
||||
m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_dirty = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2740,7 +2740,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::HighlightAll( bool on )
|
||||
// we just have one item to turn off
|
||||
if ( HasCurrent() && IsHighlighted(m_current) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
HighlightLine(m_current, FALSE);
|
||||
HighlightLine(m_current, false);
|
||||
RefreshLine(m_current);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -2829,7 +2829,7 @@ bool wxListMainWindow::OnRenameAccept(size_t itemEdit, const wxString& value)
|
||||
le.m_itemIndex = itemEdit;
|
||||
|
||||
wxListLineData *data = GetLine(itemEdit);
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( data, FALSE, _T("invalid index in OnRenameAccept()") );
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( data, false, _T("invalid index in OnRenameAccept()") );
|
||||
|
||||
data->GetItem( 0, le.m_item );
|
||||
le.m_item.m_text = value;
|
||||
@@ -2842,7 +2842,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::OnRenameCancelled(size_t itemEdit)
|
||||
// let owner know that the edit was cancelled
|
||||
wxListEvent le( wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT, GetParent()->GetId() );
|
||||
|
||||
le.SetEditCanceled(TRUE);
|
||||
le.SetEditCanceled(true);
|
||||
|
||||
le.SetEventObject( GetParent() );
|
||||
le.m_itemIndex = itemEdit;
|
||||
@@ -2936,11 +2936,11 @@ void wxListMainWindow::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool forceClick = FALSE;
|
||||
bool forceClick = false;
|
||||
if (event.ButtonDClick())
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_renameTimer->Stop();
|
||||
m_lastOnSame = FALSE;
|
||||
m_lastOnSame = false;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( current == m_lineLastClicked )
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -2952,7 +2952,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// the first click was on another item, so don't interpret this as
|
||||
// a double click, but as a simple click instead
|
||||
forceClick = TRUE;
|
||||
forceClick = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2962,9 +2962,9 @@ void wxListMainWindow::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
|
||||
(hitResult == wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL) &&
|
||||
HasFlag(wxLC_EDIT_LABELS) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_renameTimer->Start( 100, TRUE );
|
||||
m_renameTimer->Start( 100, true );
|
||||
}
|
||||
m_lastOnSame = FALSE;
|
||||
m_lastOnSame = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (event.RightDown())
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -2984,7 +2984,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
|
||||
|
||||
if ( IsSingleSel() || !(event.ControlDown() || event.ShiftDown()) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
HighlightAll( FALSE );
|
||||
HighlightAll( false );
|
||||
|
||||
ChangeCurrent(current);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -3098,19 +3098,19 @@ void wxListMainWindow::OnArrowChar(size_t newCurrent, const wxKeyEvent& event)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// all previously selected items are unselected unless ctrl is held
|
||||
if ( !event.ControlDown() )
|
||||
HighlightAll(FALSE);
|
||||
HighlightAll(false);
|
||||
|
||||
ChangeCurrent(newCurrent);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// refresh the old focus to remove it
|
||||
RefreshLine( oldCurrent );
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !event.ControlDown() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
HighlightLine( m_current, TRUE );
|
||||
HighlightLine( m_current, true );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
RefreshLine( m_current );
|
||||
|
||||
MoveToFocus();
|
||||
@@ -3319,7 +3319,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
|
||||
// it
|
||||
if ( !m_hasFocus )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_hasFocus = TRUE;
|
||||
m_hasFocus = true;
|
||||
|
||||
RefreshSelected();
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -3334,7 +3334,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
|
||||
if ( GetParent()->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event) )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
m_hasFocus = FALSE;
|
||||
m_hasFocus = false;
|
||||
RefreshSelected();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -3396,7 +3396,7 @@ int wxListMainWindow::GetTextLength( const wxString &s ) const
|
||||
|
||||
void wxListMainWindow::SetImageList( wxImageListType *imageList, int which )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_dirty = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// calc the spacing from the icon size
|
||||
int width = 0,
|
||||
@@ -3422,7 +3422,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::SetImageList( wxImageListType *imageList, int which )
|
||||
|
||||
void wxListMainWindow::SetItemSpacing( int spacing, bool isSmall )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_dirty = true;
|
||||
if (isSmall)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_small_spacing = spacing;
|
||||
@@ -3456,9 +3456,9 @@ void wxListMainWindow::SetColumn( int col, wxListItem &item )
|
||||
|
||||
wxListHeaderWindow *headerWin = GetListCtrl()->m_headerWin;
|
||||
if ( headerWin )
|
||||
headerWin->m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
headerWin->m_dirty = true;
|
||||
|
||||
m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_dirty = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// invalidate it as it has to be recalculated
|
||||
m_headerWidth = 0;
|
||||
@@ -3472,10 +3472,10 @@ void wxListMainWindow::SetColumnWidth( int col, int width )
|
||||
wxCHECK_RET( InReportView(),
|
||||
_T("SetColumnWidth() can only be called in report mode.") );
|
||||
|
||||
m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_dirty = true;
|
||||
wxListHeaderWindow *headerWin = GetListCtrl()->m_headerWin;
|
||||
if ( headerWin )
|
||||
headerWin->m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
headerWin->m_dirty = true;
|
||||
|
||||
wxListHeaderDataList::compatibility_iterator node = m_columns.Item( col );
|
||||
wxCHECK_RET( node, _T("no column?") );
|
||||
@@ -3618,7 +3618,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::SetItemState( long litem, long state, long stateMask )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( IsSingleSel() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
HighlightLine(oldCurrent, FALSE);
|
||||
HighlightLine(oldCurrent, false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
RefreshLine(oldCurrent);
|
||||
@@ -3639,7 +3639,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::SetItemState( long litem, long state, long stateMask )
|
||||
// we must unselect the old current item as well or we
|
||||
// might end up with more than one selected item in a
|
||||
// single selection control
|
||||
HighlightLine(oldCurrent, FALSE);
|
||||
HighlightLine(oldCurrent, false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
RefreshLine( oldCurrent );
|
||||
@@ -3664,7 +3664,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::SetItemState( long litem, long state, long stateMask )
|
||||
|
||||
if ( oldCurrent != (size_t)-1 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
HighlightLine( oldCurrent, FALSE );
|
||||
HighlightLine( oldCurrent, false );
|
||||
RefreshLine( oldCurrent );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -3732,7 +3732,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::SetItemCount(long count)
|
||||
ResetVisibleLinesRange();
|
||||
|
||||
// scrollbars must be reset
|
||||
m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_dirty = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int wxListMainWindow::GetSelectedItemCount() const
|
||||
@@ -3740,7 +3740,7 @@ int wxListMainWindow::GetSelectedItemCount() const
|
||||
// deal with the quick case first
|
||||
if ( IsSingleSel() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HasCurrent() ? IsHighlighted(m_current) : FALSE;
|
||||
return HasCurrent() ? IsHighlighted(m_current) : false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// virtual controls remmebers all its selections itself
|
||||
@@ -3813,7 +3813,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::GetItemRect( long index, wxRect &rect ) const
|
||||
if ( m_dirty )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxConstCast(this, wxListMainWindow)->
|
||||
RecalculatePositions(TRUE /* no refresh */);
|
||||
RecalculatePositions(true /* no refresh */);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
rect = GetLineRect((size_t)index);
|
||||
@@ -3829,7 +3829,7 @@ bool wxListMainWindow::GetItemPosition(long item, wxPoint& pos) const
|
||||
pos.x = rect.x;
|
||||
pos.y = rect.y;
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -3887,7 +3887,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::RecalculatePositions(bool noRefresh)
|
||||
(entireHeight + lineHeight - 1) / lineHeight,
|
||||
GetScrollPos(wxHORIZONTAL),
|
||||
GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL),
|
||||
TRUE );
|
||||
true );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // !report
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -3944,7 +3944,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::RecalculatePositions(bool noRefresh)
|
||||
(y + lineHeight) / lineHeight,
|
||||
GetScrollPos( wxHORIZONTAL ),
|
||||
GetScrollPos( wxVERTICAL ),
|
||||
TRUE
|
||||
true
|
||||
);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // "flowed" arrangement, the most complicated case
|
||||
@@ -4025,7 +4025,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::RecalculatePositions(bool noRefresh)
|
||||
0,
|
||||
GetScrollPos( wxHORIZONTAL ),
|
||||
0,
|
||||
TRUE
|
||||
true
|
||||
);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -4041,13 +4041,13 @@ void wxListMainWindow::RecalculatePositions(bool noRefresh)
|
||||
|
||||
void wxListMainWindow::RefreshAll()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_dirty = FALSE;
|
||||
m_dirty = false;
|
||||
Refresh();
|
||||
|
||||
wxListHeaderWindow *headerWin = GetListCtrl()->m_headerWin;
|
||||
if ( headerWin && headerWin->m_dirty )
|
||||
{
|
||||
headerWin->m_dirty = FALSE;
|
||||
headerWin->m_dirty = false;
|
||||
headerWin->Refresh();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -4141,7 +4141,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::DeleteItem( long lindex )
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// we need to refresh the (vert) scrollbar as the number of items changed
|
||||
m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_dirty = true;
|
||||
|
||||
SendNotify( index, wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_DELETE_ITEM );
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -4154,7 +4154,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::DeleteColumn( int col )
|
||||
|
||||
wxCHECK_RET( node, wxT("invalid column index in DeleteColumn()") );
|
||||
|
||||
m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_dirty = true;
|
||||
delete node->GetData();
|
||||
m_columns.Erase( node );
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -4235,7 +4235,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::EnsureVisible( long index )
|
||||
// been added and its position is not known yet
|
||||
if ( m_dirty )
|
||||
{
|
||||
RecalculatePositions(TRUE /* no refresh */);
|
||||
RecalculatePositions(true /* no refresh */);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
MoveToItem((size_t)index);
|
||||
@@ -4323,7 +4323,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::InsertItem( wxListItem &item )
|
||||
|
||||
size_t id = item.m_itemId;
|
||||
|
||||
m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_dirty = true;
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
// this is unused variable
|
||||
@@ -4369,7 +4369,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::InsertItem( wxListItem &item )
|
||||
|
||||
m_lines.Insert( line, id );
|
||||
|
||||
m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_dirty = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// If an item is selected at or below the point of insertion, we need to
|
||||
// increment the member variables because the current row's index has gone
|
||||
@@ -4386,7 +4386,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::InsertItem( wxListItem &item )
|
||||
|
||||
void wxListMainWindow::InsertColumn( long col, wxListItem &item )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_dirty = true;
|
||||
if ( InReportView() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (item.m_width == wxLIST_AUTOSIZE_USEHEADER)
|
||||
@@ -4447,7 +4447,7 @@ void wxListMainWindow::SortItems( wxListCtrlCompare fn, long data )
|
||||
list_ctrl_compare_func_2 = fn;
|
||||
list_ctrl_compare_data = data;
|
||||
m_lines.Sort( list_ctrl_compare_func_1 );
|
||||
m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_dirty = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -4544,7 +4544,7 @@ wxGenericListCtrl::wxGenericListCtrl()
|
||||
|
||||
m_ownsImageListNormal =
|
||||
m_ownsImageListSmall =
|
||||
m_ownsImageListState = FALSE;
|
||||
m_ownsImageListState = false;
|
||||
|
||||
m_mainWin = (wxListMainWindow*) NULL;
|
||||
m_headerWin = (wxListHeaderWindow*) NULL;
|
||||
@@ -4578,7 +4578,7 @@ void wxGenericListCtrl::CalculateAndSetHeaderHeight()
|
||||
m_headerWin->SetSize(m_headerWin->GetSize().x, m_headerHeight);
|
||||
|
||||
if ( HasHeader() )
|
||||
ResizeReportView(TRUE);
|
||||
ResizeReportView(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -4587,7 +4587,7 @@ void wxGenericListCtrl::CreateHeaderWindow()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_headerWin = new wxListHeaderWindow
|
||||
(
|
||||
this, -1, m_mainWin,
|
||||
this, wxID_ANY, m_mainWin,
|
||||
wxPoint(0, 0),
|
||||
wxSize(GetClientSize().x, m_headerHeight),
|
||||
wxTAB_TRAVERSAL
|
||||
@@ -4608,7 +4608,7 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
m_imageListState = (wxImageListType *) NULL;
|
||||
m_ownsImageListNormal =
|
||||
m_ownsImageListSmall =
|
||||
m_ownsImageListState = FALSE;
|
||||
m_ownsImageListState = false;
|
||||
|
||||
m_mainWin = (wxListMainWindow*) NULL;
|
||||
m_headerWin = (wxListHeaderWindow*) NULL;
|
||||
@@ -4621,12 +4621,12 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !wxControl::Create( parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name ) )
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
// don't create the inner window with the border
|
||||
style &= ~wxBORDER_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
m_mainWin = new wxListMainWindow( this, -1, wxPoint(0,0), size, style );
|
||||
m_mainWin = new wxListMainWindow( this, wxID_ANY, wxPoint(0,0), size, style );
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) && __WXMAC_CARBON__
|
||||
wxFont font ;
|
||||
@@ -4640,13 +4640,13 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
if ( HasFlag(wxLC_NO_HEADER) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// VZ: why do we create it at all then?
|
||||
m_headerWin->Show( FALSE );
|
||||
m_headerWin->Show( false );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SetBestSize(size);
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericListCtrl::SetSingleStyle( long style, bool add )
|
||||
@@ -4696,7 +4696,7 @@ void wxGenericListCtrl::SetWindowStyleFlag( long flag )
|
||||
if ( m_headerWin )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// don't delete, just hide, as we can reuse it later
|
||||
m_headerWin->Show(FALSE);
|
||||
m_headerWin->Show(false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
//else: nothing to do
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -4708,7 +4708,7 @@ void wxGenericListCtrl::SetWindowStyleFlag( long flag )
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // already have it, just show
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_headerWin->Show( TRUE );
|
||||
m_headerWin->Show( true );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -4722,13 +4722,13 @@ void wxGenericListCtrl::SetWindowStyleFlag( long flag )
|
||||
bool wxGenericListCtrl::GetColumn(int col, wxListItem &item) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_mainWin->GetColumn( col, item );
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetColumn( int col, wxListItem& item )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_mainWin->SetColumn( col, item );
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int wxGenericListCtrl::GetColumnWidth( int col ) const
|
||||
@@ -4739,7 +4739,7 @@ int wxGenericListCtrl::GetColumnWidth( int col ) const
|
||||
bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetColumnWidth( int col, int width )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_mainWin->SetColumnWidth( col, width );
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int wxGenericListCtrl::GetCountPerPage() const
|
||||
@@ -4750,13 +4750,13 @@ int wxGenericListCtrl::GetCountPerPage() const
|
||||
bool wxGenericListCtrl::GetItem( wxListItem &info ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_mainWin->GetItem( info );
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetItem( wxListItem &info )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_mainWin->SetItem( info );
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
long wxGenericListCtrl::SetItem( long index, int col, const wxString& label, int imageId )
|
||||
@@ -4772,7 +4772,7 @@ long wxGenericListCtrl::SetItem( long index, int col, const wxString& label, int
|
||||
info.m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE;
|
||||
};
|
||||
m_mainWin->SetItem(info);
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int wxGenericListCtrl::GetItemState( long item, long stateMask ) const
|
||||
@@ -4783,7 +4783,7 @@ int wxGenericListCtrl::GetItemState( long item, long stateMask ) const
|
||||
bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetItemState( long item, long state, long stateMask )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_mainWin->SetItemState( item, state, stateMask );
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetItemImage( long item, int image, int WXUNUSED(selImage) )
|
||||
@@ -4793,7 +4793,7 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetItemImage( long item, int image, int WXUNUSED(selImag
|
||||
info.m_mask = wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE;
|
||||
info.m_itemId = item;
|
||||
m_mainWin->SetItem( info );
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxString wxGenericListCtrl::GetItemText( long item ) const
|
||||
@@ -4821,7 +4821,7 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetItemData( long item, long data )
|
||||
info.m_itemId = item;
|
||||
info.m_data = data;
|
||||
m_mainWin->SetItem( info );
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxRect wxGenericListCtrl::GetViewRect() const
|
||||
@@ -4834,13 +4834,13 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::GetItemRect( long item, wxRect &rect, int WXUNUSED(code
|
||||
m_mainWin->GetItemRect( item, rect );
|
||||
if ( m_mainWin->HasHeader() )
|
||||
rect.y += m_headerHeight + 1;
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericListCtrl::GetItemPosition( long item, wxPoint& pos ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_mainWin->GetItemPosition( item, pos );
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetItemPosition( long WXUNUSED(item), const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos) )
|
||||
@@ -4957,19 +4957,19 @@ void wxGenericListCtrl::SetImageList( wxImageListType *imageList, int which )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_ownsImageListNormal) delete m_imageListNormal;
|
||||
m_imageListNormal = imageList;
|
||||
m_ownsImageListNormal = FALSE;
|
||||
m_ownsImageListNormal = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_ownsImageListSmall) delete m_imageListSmall;
|
||||
m_imageListSmall = imageList;
|
||||
m_ownsImageListSmall = FALSE;
|
||||
m_ownsImageListSmall = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_STATE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_ownsImageListState) delete m_imageListState;
|
||||
m_imageListState = imageList;
|
||||
m_ownsImageListState = FALSE;
|
||||
m_ownsImageListState = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_mainWin->SetImageList( imageList, which );
|
||||
@@ -4979,11 +4979,11 @@ void wxGenericListCtrl::AssignImageList(wxImageListType *imageList, int which)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetImageList(imageList, which);
|
||||
if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL )
|
||||
m_ownsImageListNormal = TRUE;
|
||||
m_ownsImageListNormal = true;
|
||||
else if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL )
|
||||
m_ownsImageListSmall = TRUE;
|
||||
m_ownsImageListSmall = true;
|
||||
else if ( which == wxIMAGE_LIST_STATE )
|
||||
m_ownsImageListState = TRUE;
|
||||
m_ownsImageListState = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericListCtrl::Arrange( int WXUNUSED(flag) )
|
||||
@@ -4994,13 +4994,13 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::Arrange( int WXUNUSED(flag) )
|
||||
bool wxGenericListCtrl::DeleteItem( long item )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_mainWin->DeleteItem( item );
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericListCtrl::DeleteAllItems()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_mainWin->DeleteAllItems();
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericListCtrl::DeleteAllColumns()
|
||||
@@ -5009,7 +5009,7 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::DeleteAllColumns()
|
||||
for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
|
||||
DeleteColumn(0);
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericListCtrl::ClearAll()
|
||||
@@ -5024,10 +5024,10 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::DeleteColumn( int col )
|
||||
// if we don't have the header any longer, we need to relayout the window
|
||||
if ( !GetColumnCount() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
ResizeReportView(FALSE /* no header */);
|
||||
ResizeReportView(false /* no header */);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericListCtrl::Edit( long item )
|
||||
@@ -5038,7 +5038,7 @@ void wxGenericListCtrl::Edit( long item )
|
||||
bool wxGenericListCtrl::EnsureVisible( long item )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_mainWin->EnsureVisible( item );
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
long wxGenericListCtrl::FindItem( long start, const wxString& str, bool partial )
|
||||
@@ -5106,7 +5106,7 @@ long wxGenericListCtrl::InsertColumn( long col, wxListItem &item )
|
||||
// window
|
||||
if ( GetColumnCount() == 1 && m_mainWin->HasHeader() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
ResizeReportView(TRUE /* have header */);
|
||||
ResizeReportView(true /* have header */);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_headerWin->Refresh();
|
||||
@@ -5148,7 +5148,7 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::ScrollList( int WXUNUSED(dx), int WXUNUSED(dy) )
|
||||
bool wxGenericListCtrl::SortItems( wxListCtrlCompare fn, long data )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_mainWin->SortItems( fn, data );
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -5201,21 +5201,21 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetBackgroundColour( const wxColour &colour )
|
||||
if (m_mainWin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_mainWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
|
||||
m_mainWin->m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_mainWin->m_dirty = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetForegroundColour( const wxColour &colour )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( !wxWindow::SetForegroundColour( colour ) )
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_mainWin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_mainWin->SetForegroundColour( colour );
|
||||
m_mainWin->m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_mainWin->m_dirty = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_headerWin)
|
||||
@@ -5223,18 +5223,18 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetForegroundColour( const wxColour &colour )
|
||||
m_headerWin->SetForegroundColour( colour );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetFont( const wxFont &font )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( !wxWindow::SetFont( font ) )
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_mainWin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_mainWin->SetFont( font );
|
||||
m_mainWin->m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_mainWin->m_dirty = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_headerWin)
|
||||
@@ -5245,7 +5245,7 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetFont( const wxFont &font )
|
||||
|
||||
Refresh();
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -5291,7 +5291,7 @@ wxDropTarget *wxGenericListCtrl::GetDropTarget() const
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericListCtrl::SetCursor( const wxCursor &cursor )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_mainWin ? m_mainWin->wxWindow::SetCursor(cursor) : FALSE;
|
||||
return m_mainWin ? m_mainWin->wxWindow::SetCursor(cursor) : false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxColour wxGenericListCtrl::GetBackgroundColour() const
|
||||
@@ -5309,7 +5309,7 @@ bool wxGenericListCtrl::DoPopupMenu( wxMenu *menu, int x, int y )
|
||||
#if wxUSE_MENUS
|
||||
return m_mainWin->PopupMenu( menu, x, y );
|
||||
#else
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -934,7 +934,7 @@ void wxLogDialog::CreateDetailsControls()
|
||||
heightMax *= 9;
|
||||
heightMax /= 10;
|
||||
|
||||
m_listctrl->SetSize(-1, wxMin(height, heightMax));
|
||||
m_listctrl->SetSize(wxDefaultSize.x, wxMin(height, heightMax));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxLogDialog::OnListSelect(wxListEvent& event)
|
||||
@@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@ void wxLogDialog::OnDetails(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
|
||||
SetSizeHints(size.x, size.y, m_maxWidth, m_maxHeight);
|
||||
|
||||
// don't change the width when expanding/collapsing
|
||||
SetSize(-1, size.y);
|
||||
SetSize(wxDefaultSize.x, size.y);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __WXGTK__
|
||||
// VS: this is neccessary in order to force frame redraw under
|
||||
|
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericMDIParentFrame, wxFrame)
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericMDIParentFrame, wxFrame)
|
||||
#if wxUSE_MENUS
|
||||
EVT_MENU (-1, wxGenericMDIParentFrame::DoHandleMenu)
|
||||
EVT_MENU (wxID_ANY, wxGenericMDIParentFrame::DoHandleMenu)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ bool wxGenericMDIParentFrame::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
|
||||
OnCreateClient();
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_MENUS
|
||||
@@ -192,12 +192,12 @@ bool wxGenericMDIParentFrame::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event)
|
||||
// Stops the same event being processed repeatedly
|
||||
static wxEventType inEvent = wxEVT_NULL;
|
||||
if (inEvent == event.GetEventType())
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
inEvent = event.GetEventType();
|
||||
|
||||
// Let the active child (if any) process the event first.
|
||||
bool res = FALSE;
|
||||
bool res = false;
|
||||
if (m_pActiveChild && event.IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxCommandEvent))
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
/* This is sure to not give problems... */
|
||||
@@ -408,12 +408,12 @@ wxGenericMDIChildFrame::~wxGenericMDIChildFrame()
|
||||
|
||||
if (pParentFrame != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool bActive = FALSE;
|
||||
bool bActive = false;
|
||||
if (pParentFrame->GetActiveChild() == this)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pParentFrame->SetActiveChild((wxGenericMDIChildFrame*) NULL);
|
||||
pParentFrame->SetChildMenuBar((wxGenericMDIChildFrame*) NULL);
|
||||
bActive = TRUE;
|
||||
bActive = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxGenericMDIClientWindow *pClientWindow = pParentFrame->GetClientWindow();
|
||||
@@ -468,11 +468,11 @@ bool wxGenericMDIChildFrame::Create( wxGenericMDIParentFrame *parent,
|
||||
|
||||
m_Title = title;
|
||||
|
||||
pClientWindow->AddPage(this, title, TRUE);
|
||||
pClientWindow->AddPage(this, title, true);
|
||||
ApplyMDIChildFrameRect(); // Ok confirme the size change!
|
||||
pClientWindow->Refresh();
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_MENUS
|
||||
@@ -708,10 +708,10 @@ bool wxGenericMDIClientWindow::CreateClient( wxGenericMDIParentFrame *parent, lo
|
||||
GetTabView()->SetTabSize(120, 18);
|
||||
GetTabView()->SetTabSelectionHeight(20);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int wxGenericMDIClientWindow::SetSelection(size_t nPage)
|
||||
@@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ void wxGenericMDIClientWindow::PageChanged(int OldSelection, int newSelection)
|
||||
wxGenericMDIChildFrame* oldChild = (wxGenericMDIChildFrame *)GetPage(OldSelection);
|
||||
if (oldChild)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, FALSE, oldChild->GetId());
|
||||
wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, false, oldChild->GetId());
|
||||
event.SetEventObject( oldChild );
|
||||
oldChild->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ void wxGenericMDIClientWindow::PageChanged(int OldSelection, int newSelection)
|
||||
wxGenericMDIChildFrame* activeChild = (wxGenericMDIChildFrame *)GetPage(newSelection);
|
||||
if (activeChild)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, TRUE, activeChild->GetId());
|
||||
wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, true, activeChild->GetId());
|
||||
event.SetEventObject( activeChild );
|
||||
activeChild->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ wxGenericMessageDialog::wxGenericMessageDialog( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxString& caption,
|
||||
long style,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos)
|
||||
: wxDialog( parent, -1, caption, pos, wxDefaultSize, wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE )
|
||||
: wxDialog( parent, wxID_ANY, caption, pos, wxDefaultSize, wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_dialogStyle = style;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ wxGenericMessageDialog::wxGenericMessageDialog( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
bitmap = wxArtProvider::GetIcon(wxART_QUESTION, wxART_MESSAGE_BOX);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
wxStaticBitmap *icon = new wxStaticBitmap(this, -1, bitmap);
|
||||
wxStaticBitmap *icon = new wxStaticBitmap(this, wxID_ANY, bitmap);
|
||||
if (is_pda)
|
||||
topsizer->Add( icon, 0, wxTOP|wxLEFT|wxRIGHT | wxALIGN_LEFT, 10 );
|
||||
else
|
||||
@@ -112,13 +112,13 @@ wxGenericMessageDialog::wxGenericMessageDialog( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
topsizer->Add( icon_text, 1, wxCENTER | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
|
||||
|
||||
// 3) static line
|
||||
topsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, -1 ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
|
||||
topsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, wxID_ANY ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
|
||||
|
||||
// 4) buttons
|
||||
topsizer->Add( CreateButtonSizer( style & (wxOK|wxCANCEL|wxYES_NO|wxYES_DEFAULT|wxNO_DEFAULT) ),
|
||||
0, wxCENTRE | wxALL, 10 );
|
||||
|
||||
SetAutoLayout( TRUE );
|
||||
SetAutoLayout( true );
|
||||
SetSizer( topsizer );
|
||||
|
||||
topsizer->SetSizeHints( this );
|
||||
|
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED)
|
||||
DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING)
|
||||
|
||||
BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxNotebook, wxControl)
|
||||
EVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(-1, wxNotebook::OnSelChange)
|
||||
EVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(wxID_ANY, wxNotebook::OnSelChange)
|
||||
EVT_SIZE(wxNotebook::OnSize)
|
||||
EVT_PAINT(wxNotebook::OnPaint)
|
||||
EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(wxNotebook::OnMouseEvent)
|
||||
@@ -131,16 +131,16 @@ bool wxNotebook::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
// base init
|
||||
SetName(name);
|
||||
|
||||
m_windowId = id == -1 ? NewControlId() : id;
|
||||
m_windowId = id == wxID_ANY ? NewControlId() : id;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!wxControl::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style|wxNO_BORDER, wxDefaultValidator, name))
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
SetBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE));
|
||||
|
||||
SetTabView(new wxNotebookTabView(this));
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// dtor
|
||||
@@ -191,10 +191,10 @@ bool wxNotebook::SetPageText(size_t nPage, const wxString& strText)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_tabView->SetTabText((int) (long) page, strText);
|
||||
Refresh();
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxString wxNotebook::GetPageText(size_t nPage) const
|
||||
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ bool wxNotebook::SetPageImage(size_t nPage, int nImage)
|
||||
wxASSERT( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) );
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// set the size (the same for all pages)
|
||||
@@ -249,11 +249,11 @@ void wxNotebook::SetTabSize(const wxSize& sz)
|
||||
// remove one page from the notebook and delete it
|
||||
bool wxNotebook::DeletePage(size_t nPage)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxCHECK( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage), FALSE );
|
||||
wxCHECK( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage), false );
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_nSelection != -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_pages[m_nSelection]->Show(FALSE);
|
||||
m_pages[m_nSelection]->Show(false);
|
||||
m_pages[m_nSelection]->Lower();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -267,21 +267,21 @@ bool wxNotebook::DeletePage(size_t nPage)
|
||||
if (m_pages.GetCount() == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_nSelection = -1;
|
||||
m_tabView->SetTabSelection(-1, FALSE);
|
||||
m_tabView->SetTabSelection(-1, false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (m_nSelection > -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_nSelection = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
m_tabView->SetTabSelection((int) (long) GetPage(0), FALSE);
|
||||
m_tabView->SetTabSelection((int) (long) GetPage(0), false);
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_nSelection != 0)
|
||||
ChangePage(-1, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
RefreshLayout(FALSE);
|
||||
RefreshLayout(false);
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxNotebook::DeletePage(wxNotebookPage* page)
|
||||
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ bool wxNotebook::DeletePage(wxNotebookPage* page)
|
||||
if (pagePos > -1)
|
||||
return DeletePage(pagePos);
|
||||
else
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxNotebook::RemovePage(size_t nPage)
|
||||
@@ -301,9 +301,9 @@ bool wxNotebook::RemovePage(size_t nPage)
|
||||
// remove one page from the notebook
|
||||
wxWindow* wxNotebook::DoRemovePage(size_t nPage)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxCHECK( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage), FALSE );
|
||||
wxCHECK( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage), false );
|
||||
|
||||
m_pages[nPage]->Show(FALSE);
|
||||
m_pages[nPage]->Show(false);
|
||||
// m_pages[nPage]->Lower();
|
||||
|
||||
wxNotebookPage* pPage = GetPage(nPage);
|
||||
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ wxWindow* wxNotebook::DoRemovePage(size_t nPage)
|
||||
if (m_pages.GetCount() == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_nSelection = -1;
|
||||
m_tabView->SetTabSelection(-1, TRUE);
|
||||
m_tabView->SetTabSelection(-1, true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (m_nSelection > -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -325,11 +325,11 @@ wxWindow* wxNotebook::DoRemovePage(size_t nPage)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_nSelection = -1;
|
||||
// Select the first tab. Generates a ChangePage.
|
||||
m_tabView->SetTabSelection(0, TRUE);
|
||||
m_tabView->SetTabSelection(0, true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// We must adjust which tab we think is selected.
|
||||
// We must adjust which tab we think is selected.
|
||||
// If greater than the page we deleted, it must be moved down
|
||||
// a notch.
|
||||
if (size_t(m_nSelection) > nPage)
|
||||
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ wxWindow* wxNotebook::DoRemovePage(size_t nPage)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
RefreshLayout(FALSE);
|
||||
RefreshLayout(false);
|
||||
|
||||
return pPage;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ bool wxNotebook::RemovePage(wxNotebookPage* page)
|
||||
if (pagePos > -1)
|
||||
return RemovePage(pagePos);
|
||||
else
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Find the position of the wxNotebookPage, -1 if not found.
|
||||
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ int wxNotebook::FindPagePosition(wxNotebookPage* page) const
|
||||
// remove all pages
|
||||
bool wxNotebook::DeleteAllPages()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_tabView->ClearTabs(TRUE);
|
||||
m_tabView->ClearTabs(true);
|
||||
|
||||
size_t nPageCount = GetPageCount();
|
||||
size_t nPage;
|
||||
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ bool wxNotebook::DeleteAllPages()
|
||||
|
||||
m_pages.Clear();
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// same as AddPage() but does it at given position
|
||||
@@ -385,12 +385,12 @@ bool wxNotebook::InsertPage(size_t nPage,
|
||||
int imageId)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxASSERT( pPage != NULL );
|
||||
wxCHECK( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) || nPage == GetPageCount(), FALSE );
|
||||
wxCHECK( IS_VALID_PAGE(nPage) || nPage == GetPageCount(), false );
|
||||
|
||||
m_tabView->AddTab((int) (long) pPage, strText);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!bSelect)
|
||||
pPage->Show(FALSE);
|
||||
pPage->Show(false);
|
||||
|
||||
// save the pointer to the page
|
||||
m_pages.Insert(pPage, nPage);
|
||||
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ bool wxNotebook::InsertPage(size_t nPage,
|
||||
{
|
||||
// This will cause ChangePage to be called, via OnSelPage
|
||||
|
||||
m_tabView->SetTabSelection((int) (long) pPage, TRUE);
|
||||
m_tabView->SetTabSelection((int) (long) pPage, true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// some page must be selected: either this one or the first one if there is
|
||||
@@ -407,9 +407,9 @@ bool wxNotebook::InsertPage(size_t nPage,
|
||||
if ( m_nSelection == -1 )
|
||||
ChangePage(-1, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
RefreshLayout(FALSE);
|
||||
RefreshLayout(false);
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -420,10 +420,10 @@ bool wxNotebook::InsertPage(size_t nPage,
|
||||
// time because doing it in ::Create() doesn't work (for unknown reasons)
|
||||
void wxNotebook::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static bool s_bFirstTime = TRUE;
|
||||
static bool s_bFirstTime = true;
|
||||
if ( s_bFirstTime ) {
|
||||
// TODO: any first-time-size processing.
|
||||
s_bFirstTime = FALSE;
|
||||
s_bFirstTime = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
RefreshLayout();
|
||||
@@ -439,8 +439,8 @@ void wxNotebook::OnInternalIdle()
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxWindow::OnInternalIdle();
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
static bool s_bFirstTime = TRUE;
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
static bool s_bFirstTime = true;
|
||||
if ( s_bFirstTime ) {
|
||||
/*
|
||||
wxSize sz(GetSize());
|
||||
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ void wxNotebook::OnInternalIdle()
|
||||
GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(sizeEvent);
|
||||
Refresh();
|
||||
*/
|
||||
s_bFirstTime = FALSE;
|
||||
s_bFirstTime = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ bool wxNotebook::RefreshLayout(bool force)
|
||||
m_tabView->LayoutTabs();
|
||||
|
||||
if (!force && (rect == oldRect))
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
// fit the notebook page to the tab control's display area
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ bool wxNotebook::RefreshLayout(bool force)
|
||||
}
|
||||
Refresh();
|
||||
}
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxNotebook::OnSelChange(wxNotebookEvent& event)
|
||||
@@ -564,12 +564,12 @@ void wxNotebook::OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event)
|
||||
void wxNotebook::SetConstraintSizes(bool /* recurse */)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// don't set the sizes of the pages - their correct size is not yet known
|
||||
wxControl::SetConstraintSizes(FALSE);
|
||||
wxControl::SetConstraintSizes(false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxNotebook::DoPhase(int /* nPhase */)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxNotebook::Command(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
|
||||
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ void wxNotebook::ChangePage(int nOldSel, int nSel)
|
||||
wxASSERT( nOldSel != nSel ); // impossible
|
||||
|
||||
if ( nOldSel != -1 ) {
|
||||
m_pages[nOldSel]->Show(FALSE);
|
||||
m_pages[nOldSel]->Show(false);
|
||||
m_pages[nOldSel]->Lower();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ void wxNotebook::ChangePage(int nOldSel, int nSel)
|
||||
|
||||
Refresh();
|
||||
|
||||
pPage->Show(TRUE);
|
||||
pPage->Show(true);
|
||||
pPage->Raise();
|
||||
pPage->SetFocus();
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -680,8 +680,8 @@ void wxNotebookTabView::OnTabActivate(int activateId, int deactivateId)
|
||||
// Allows Vetoing
|
||||
bool wxNotebookTabView::OnTabPreActivate(int activateId, int deactivateId)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool retval = TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
bool retval = true;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_notebook)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxNotebookEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, m_notebook->GetId());
|
||||
@@ -703,5 +703,5 @@ bool wxNotebookTabView::OnTabPreActivate(int activateId, int deactivateId)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ wxNumberEntryDialog::wxNumberEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
long min,
|
||||
long max,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos)
|
||||
: wxDialog(parent, -1, caption,
|
||||
: wxDialog(parent, wxID_ANY, caption,
|
||||
pos, wxDefaultSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_value = value;
|
||||
@@ -99,11 +99,11 @@ wxNumberEntryDialog::wxNumberEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxBoxSizer *inputsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL );
|
||||
// prompt if any
|
||||
if (!prompt.IsEmpty())
|
||||
inputsizer->Add( new wxStaticText( this, -1, prompt ), 0, wxCENTER | wxLEFT, 10 );
|
||||
inputsizer->Add( new wxStaticText( this, wxID_ANY, prompt ), 0, wxCENTER | wxLEFT, 10 );
|
||||
// spin ctrl
|
||||
wxString valStr;
|
||||
valStr.Printf(wxT("%ld"), m_value);
|
||||
m_spinctrl = new wxSpinCtrl(this, -1, valStr, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize( 140, -1 ) );
|
||||
m_spinctrl = new wxSpinCtrl(this, wxID_ANY, valStr, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize( 140, wxDefaultSize.y ) );
|
||||
#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
|
||||
m_spinctrl->SetRange((int)m_min, (int)m_max);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -113,14 +113,14 @@ wxNumberEntryDialog::wxNumberEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_STATLINE
|
||||
// 3) static line
|
||||
topsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, -1 ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
|
||||
topsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, wxID_ANY ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// 4) buttons
|
||||
topsizer->Add( CreateButtonSizer( wxOK|wxCANCEL ), 0, wxCENTRE | wxALL, 10 );
|
||||
|
||||
SetSizer( topsizer );
|
||||
SetAutoLayout( TRUE );
|
||||
SetAutoLayout( true );
|
||||
|
||||
topsizer->SetSizeHints( this );
|
||||
topsizer->Fit( this );
|
||||
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ long wxGetNumberFromUser(const wxString& msg,
|
||||
value, min, max, pos);
|
||||
if (dialog.ShowModal() == wxID_OK)
|
||||
return dialog.GetValue();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -122,14 +122,14 @@ bool wxPalette::Create(int n,
|
||||
e->blue = blue[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int wxPalette::GetPixel( const unsigned char red,
|
||||
const unsigned char green,
|
||||
const unsigned char blue ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!m_refData) return FALSE;
|
||||
if (!m_refData) return false;
|
||||
|
||||
int closest = 0;
|
||||
double d,distance = 1000.0; // max. dist is 256
|
||||
@@ -152,14 +152,14 @@ bool wxPalette::GetRGB(int pixel,
|
||||
unsigned char *green,
|
||||
unsigned char *blue) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!m_refData) return FALSE;
|
||||
if (pixel >= M_PALETTEDATA->m_count) return FALSE;
|
||||
if (!m_refData) return false;
|
||||
if (pixel >= M_PALETTEDATA->m_count) return false;
|
||||
|
||||
wxPaletteEntry& p = M_PALETTEDATA->m_entries[pixel];
|
||||
if (red) *red = p.red;
|
||||
if (green) *green = p.green;
|
||||
if (blue) *blue = p.blue;
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
|
||||
|
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxPanelStyle )
|
||||
wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
|
||||
wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
|
||||
wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// old style border flags
|
||||
wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
|
||||
wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
|
||||
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
|
||||
wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxPanel)
|
||||
wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxPanel , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
|
||||
wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxPanel , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPanel, wxWindow)
|
||||
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ bool wxPanel::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
|
||||
|
||||
// so that non-solid background renders correctly under GTK+:
|
||||
SetThemeEnabled(true);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMSW__
|
||||
// panels don't have the same colour as normal windows under Windows
|
||||
SetDefaultBackgroundColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE));
|
||||
@@ -177,8 +177,8 @@ void wxPanel::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event)
|
||||
// Uninitialized
|
||||
|
||||
::WinQueryWindowPos(GetHWND(), pWinSwp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
SWP vSwp;
|
||||
int nYDiff;
|
||||
|
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
|
||||
#include "wx/msgdlg.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/intl.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/progdlg.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/log.h"
|
||||
#include "wx/log.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wx/generic/printps.h"
|
||||
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPostScriptPrinter, wxPrinterBase)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxPostScriptPrintPreview, wxPrintPreviewBase)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
// implementation
|
||||
// ============================================================================
|
||||
@@ -77,18 +77,18 @@ wxPostScriptPrinter::~wxPostScriptPrinter()
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool prompt)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sm_abortIt = FALSE;
|
||||
sm_abortIt = false;
|
||||
sm_abortWindow = (wxWindow *) NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!printout)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_ERROR;
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
printout->SetIsPreview(FALSE);
|
||||
printout->SetIsPreview(false);
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
// 4/9/99, JACS: this is a silly place to allow preparation, considering
|
||||
// the DC and no parameters have been set in the printout object.
|
||||
// Moved further down.
|
||||
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool pro
|
||||
if (maxPage == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_ERROR;
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_printDialogData.SetMinPage(minPage);
|
||||
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool pro
|
||||
|
||||
if (minPage != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_printDialogData.EnablePageNumbers(TRUE);
|
||||
m_printDialogData.EnablePageNumbers(true);
|
||||
if (m_printDialogData.GetFromPage() < m_printDialogData.GetMinPage())
|
||||
m_printDialogData.SetFromPage(m_printDialogData.GetMinPage());
|
||||
else if (m_printDialogData.GetFromPage() > m_printDialogData.GetMaxPage())
|
||||
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool pro
|
||||
m_printDialogData.SetToPage(m_printDialogData.GetMinPage());
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
m_printDialogData.EnablePageNumbers(FALSE);
|
||||
m_printDialogData.EnablePageNumbers(false);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_printDialogData.GetMinPage() < 1)
|
||||
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool pro
|
||||
{
|
||||
dc = PrintDialog(parent);
|
||||
if (!dc)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool pro
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (dc) delete dc;
|
||||
sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_ERROR;
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxSize ScreenPixels = wxGetDisplaySize();
|
||||
@@ -186,14 +186,14 @@ bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool pro
|
||||
{
|
||||
sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_ERROR;
|
||||
wxEndBusyCursor();
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Only set min and max, because from and to have been
|
||||
// set by the user
|
||||
m_printDialogData.SetMinPage(minPage);
|
||||
m_printDialogData.SetMaxPage(maxPage);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
pagesPerCopy = m_printDialogData.GetToPage()-m_printDialogData.GetFromPage()+1,
|
||||
totalPages = pagesPerCopy * m_printDialogData.GetNoCopies(),
|
||||
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool pro
|
||||
|
||||
sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_NO_ERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
bool keepGoing = TRUE;
|
||||
bool keepGoing = true;
|
||||
|
||||
int copyCount;
|
||||
for (copyCount = 1; copyCount <= m_printDialogData.GetNoCopies(); copyCount ++)
|
||||
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool pro
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sm_abortIt)
|
||||
{
|
||||
keepGoing = FALSE;
|
||||
keepGoing = false;
|
||||
sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_CANCELLED;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -250,12 +250,12 @@ bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool pro
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
sm_abortIt = TRUE;
|
||||
sm_abortIt = true;
|
||||
sm_lastError = wxPRINTER_CANCELLED;
|
||||
keepGoing = FALSE;
|
||||
keepGoing = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
wxYield();
|
||||
wxYield();
|
||||
}
|
||||
printout->OnEndDocument();
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ wxDC* wxPostScriptPrinter::PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent)
|
||||
bool wxPostScriptPrinter::Setup(wxWindow *parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxGenericPrintDialog* dialog = new wxGenericPrintDialog(parent, & m_printDialogData);
|
||||
dialog->GetPrintDialogData().SetSetupDialog(TRUE);
|
||||
dialog->GetPrintDialogData().SetSetupDialog(true);
|
||||
|
||||
int ret = dialog->ShowModal();
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ wxPostScriptPrintPreview::~wxPostScriptPrintPreview()
|
||||
bool wxPostScriptPrintPreview::Print(bool interactive)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!m_printPrintout)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
wxPostScriptPrinter printer(& m_printDialogData);
|
||||
return printer.Print(m_previewFrame, m_printPrintout, interactive);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ void wxPostScriptPrintPreview::DetermineScaling()
|
||||
|
||||
m_previewPrintout->SetPPIScreen( (int) ((ScreenPixels.GetWidth() * 25.4) / ScreenMM.GetWidth()),
|
||||
(int) ((ScreenPixels.GetHeight() * 25.4) / ScreenMM.GetHeight()) );
|
||||
m_previewPrintout->SetPPIPrinter(wxPostScriptDC::GetResolution(), wxPostScriptDC::GetResolution());
|
||||
m_previewPrintout->SetPPIPrinter(wxPostScriptDC::GetResolution(), wxPostScriptDC::GetResolution());
|
||||
|
||||
wxSize sizeDevUnits(paper->GetSizeDeviceUnits());
|
||||
sizeDevUnits.x = (wxCoord)((float)sizeDevUnits.x * wxPostScriptDC::GetResolution() / 72.0);
|
||||
|
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ extern wxPrintPaperDatabase *wxThePrintPaperDatabase;
|
||||
|
||||
wxGenericPrintDialog::wxGenericPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxPrintDialogData* data)
|
||||
: wxDialog(parent, -1, _("Print"),
|
||||
: wxDialog(parent, wxID_ANY, _("Print"),
|
||||
wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(600, 600),
|
||||
wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE |
|
||||
wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
|
||||
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ wxGenericPrintDialog::wxGenericPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
|
||||
wxGenericPrintDialog::wxGenericPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxPrintData* data)
|
||||
: wxDialog(parent, -1, _("Print"),
|
||||
: wxDialog(parent, wxID_ANY, _("Print"),
|
||||
wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(600, 600),
|
||||
wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE |
|
||||
wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
|
||||
@@ -130,15 +130,15 @@ wxGenericPrintDialog::wxGenericPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericPrintDialog::Init(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent))
|
||||
{
|
||||
// wxDialog::Create(parent, -1, _("Print"), wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(600, 600),
|
||||
// wxDialog::Create(parent, wxID_ANY, _("Print"), wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(600, 600),
|
||||
// wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxTAB_TRAVERSAL);
|
||||
|
||||
wxBoxSizer *mainsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );
|
||||
|
||||
// 1) top row
|
||||
|
||||
wxStaticBoxSizer *topsizer = new wxStaticBoxSizer(
|
||||
new wxStaticBox( this, -1, _( "Printer options" ) ), wxHORIZONTAL );
|
||||
// 1) top row
|
||||
|
||||
wxStaticBoxSizer *topsizer = new wxStaticBoxSizer(
|
||||
new wxStaticBox( this, wxID_ANY, _( "Printer options" ) ), wxHORIZONTAL );
|
||||
m_printToFileCheckBox = new wxCheckBox( this, wxPRINTID_PRINTTOFILE, _("Print to File") );
|
||||
topsizer->Add( m_printToFileCheckBox, 0, wxCENTER|wxALL, 5 );
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -146,11 +146,11 @@ void wxGenericPrintDialog::Init(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent))
|
||||
|
||||
m_setupButton = new wxButton(this, wxPRINTID_SETUP, _("Setup...") );
|
||||
topsizer->Add( m_setupButton, 0, wxCENTER|wxALL, 5 );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
mainsizer->Add( topsizer, 0, wxLEFT|wxTOP|wxRIGHT, 10 );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// 2) middle row with radio box
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxString *choices = new wxString[2];
|
||||
choices[0] = _("All");
|
||||
choices[1] = _("Pages");
|
||||
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ void wxGenericPrintDialog::Init(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent))
|
||||
m_fromText = (wxTextCtrl*)NULL;
|
||||
m_toText = (wxTextCtrl*)NULL;
|
||||
m_rangeRadioBox = (wxRadioBox *)NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_printDialogData.GetFromPage() != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_rangeRadioBox = new wxRadioBox(this, wxPRINTID_RANGE, _("Print Range"),
|
||||
@@ -171,36 +171,36 @@ void wxGenericPrintDialog::Init(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent))
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// 3) bottom row
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxBoxSizer *bottomsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL );
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_printDialogData.GetFromPage() != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bottomsizer->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("From:") ), 0, wxCENTER|wxALL, 5 );
|
||||
m_fromText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_FROM, wxT(""), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(40, -1));
|
||||
m_fromText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_FROM, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(40, wxDefaultSize.y));
|
||||
bottomsizer->Add( m_fromText, 1, wxCENTER|wxRIGHT, 10 );
|
||||
|
||||
bottomsizer->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("To:") ), 0, wxCENTER|wxALL, 5);
|
||||
m_toText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_TO, wxT(""), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(40, -1));
|
||||
m_toText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_TO, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(40, wxDefaultSize.y));
|
||||
bottomsizer->Add( m_toText, 1, wxCENTER|wxRIGHT, 10 );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bottomsizer->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Copies:") ), 0, wxCENTER|wxALL, 5 );
|
||||
m_noCopiesText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_COPIES, wxT(""), wxPoint(252, 130), wxSize(40, -1));
|
||||
m_noCopiesText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_COPIES, wxEmptyString, wxPoint(252, 130), wxSize(40, wxDefaultSize.y));
|
||||
bottomsizer->Add( m_noCopiesText, 1, wxCENTER|wxRIGHT, 10 );
|
||||
|
||||
mainsizer->Add( bottomsizer, 0, wxTOP|wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, 12 );
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_STATLINE
|
||||
// 4) static line
|
||||
mainsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, -1 ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
|
||||
mainsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, wxID_ANY ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// 5) buttons
|
||||
|
||||
mainsizer->Add( CreateButtonSizer( wxOK|wxCANCEL), 0, wxCENTER|wxALL, 10 );
|
||||
|
||||
SetAutoLayout( TRUE );
|
||||
SetAutoLayout( true );
|
||||
SetSizer( mainsizer );
|
||||
|
||||
mainsizer->Fit( this );
|
||||
@@ -262,9 +262,9 @@ void wxGenericPrintDialog::OnOK(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
|
||||
if (m_printDialogData.GetPrintToFile())
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_printDialogData.GetPrintData().SetPrintMode(wxPRINT_MODE_FILE);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxFileName fname( m_printDialogData.GetPrintData().GetFilename() );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxFileDialog dialog( this, _("PostScript file"),
|
||||
fname.GetPath(), fname.GetFullName(), wxT("*.ps"), wxOPEN | wxOVERWRITE_PROMPT );
|
||||
if (dialog.ShowModal() != wxID_OK) return;
|
||||
@@ -285,13 +285,13 @@ void wxGenericPrintDialog::OnRange(wxCommandEvent& event)
|
||||
|
||||
if (event.GetInt() == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_fromText->Enable(FALSE);
|
||||
m_toText->Enable(FALSE);
|
||||
m_fromText->Enable(false);
|
||||
m_toText->Enable(false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (event.GetInt() == 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_fromText->Enable(TRUE);
|
||||
m_toText->Enable(TRUE);
|
||||
m_fromText->Enable(true);
|
||||
m_toText->Enable(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -312,8 +312,8 @@ bool wxGenericPrintDialog::TransferDataToWindow()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_printDialogData.GetEnablePageNumbers())
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_fromText->Enable(TRUE);
|
||||
m_toText->Enable(TRUE);
|
||||
m_fromText->Enable(true);
|
||||
m_toText->Enable(true);
|
||||
if (m_printDialogData.GetFromPage() > 0)
|
||||
m_fromText->SetValue(wxString::Format(_T("%d"), m_printDialogData.GetFromPage()));
|
||||
if (m_printDialogData.GetToPage() > 0)
|
||||
@@ -326,12 +326,12 @@ bool wxGenericPrintDialog::TransferDataToWindow()
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_fromText->Enable(FALSE);
|
||||
m_toText->Enable(FALSE);
|
||||
m_fromText->Enable(false);
|
||||
m_toText->Enable(false);
|
||||
if(m_rangeRadioBox)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_rangeRadioBox->SetSelection(0);
|
||||
m_rangeRadioBox->wxRadioBox::Enable(1, FALSE);
|
||||
m_rangeRadioBox->wxRadioBox::Enable(1, false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ bool wxGenericPrintDialog::TransferDataToWindow()
|
||||
|
||||
m_printToFileCheckBox->SetValue(m_printDialogData.GetPrintToFile());
|
||||
m_printToFileCheckBox->Enable(m_printDialogData.GetEnablePrintToFile());
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericPrintDialog::TransferDataFromWindow()
|
||||
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ bool wxGenericPrintDialog::TransferDataFromWindow()
|
||||
m_printDialogData.SetFromPage( res );
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(m_toText)
|
||||
{
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxString value = m_toText->GetValue();
|
||||
if (value.ToLong( &res ))
|
||||
m_printDialogData.SetToPage( res );
|
||||
@@ -367,9 +367,9 @@ bool wxGenericPrintDialog::TransferDataFromWindow()
|
||||
if(m_rangeRadioBox)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_rangeRadioBox->GetSelection() == 0)
|
||||
m_printDialogData.SetAllPages(TRUE);
|
||||
m_printDialogData.SetAllPages(true);
|
||||
else
|
||||
m_printDialogData.SetAllPages(FALSE);
|
||||
m_printDialogData.SetAllPages(false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
@@ -377,14 +377,14 @@ bool wxGenericPrintDialog::TransferDataFromWindow()
|
||||
m_printDialogData.SetFromPage(1);
|
||||
m_printDialogData.SetToPage(32000);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxString value = m_noCopiesText->GetValue();
|
||||
if (value.ToLong( &res ))
|
||||
m_printDialogData.SetNoCopies( res );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
m_printDialogData.SetPrintToFile(m_printToFileCheckBox->GetValue());
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ TODO: collate and noCopies should be duplicated across dialog data and print dat
|
||||
|
||||
wxDC *wxGenericPrintDialog::GetPrintDC()
|
||||
{
|
||||
// return new wxPostScriptDC(wxThePrintSetupData->GetPrinterFile(), FALSE, (wxWindow *) NULL);
|
||||
// return new wxPostScriptDC(wxThePrintSetupData->GetPrinterFile(), false, (wxWindow *) NULL);
|
||||
return new wxPostScriptDC(GetPrintDialogData().GetPrintData());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ wxDC *wxGenericPrintDialog::GetPrintDC()
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::wxGenericPrintSetupDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData* data):
|
||||
wxDialog(parent, -1, _("Print Setup"), wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(600, 600), wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE|wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
|
||||
wxDialog(parent, wxID_ANY, _("Print Setup"), wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(600, 600), wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE|wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Init(data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ void wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::Init(wxPrintData* data)
|
||||
choices[1] = _("Landscape");
|
||||
|
||||
m_orientationRadioBox = new wxRadioBox(this, wxPRINTID_ORIENTATION, _("Orientation"),
|
||||
wxPoint(10, 80), wxSize(-1, -1), 2, choices, 1, wxRA_VERTICAL );
|
||||
wxPoint(10, 80), wxDefaultSize, 2, choices, 1, wxRA_VERTICAL );
|
||||
m_orientationRadioBox->SetSelection(0);
|
||||
|
||||
(void) new wxStaticBox(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Options"), wxPoint(10, 130), wxSize(staticBoxWidth, 50) );
|
||||
@@ -443,18 +443,18 @@ void wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::Init(wxPrintData* data)
|
||||
|
||||
(void) new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Printer command:"), wxPoint(340, 30));
|
||||
|
||||
m_printerCommandText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_COMMAND, wxT(""), wxPoint(360, 55), wxSize(150, -1));
|
||||
m_printerCommandText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_COMMAND, wxEmptyString, wxPoint(360, 55), wxSize(150, wxDefaultSize.y));
|
||||
|
||||
(void) new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Printer options:"), wxPoint(340, 110));
|
||||
|
||||
m_printerOptionsText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_OPTIONS, wxT(""), wxPoint(360, 135), wxSize(150, -1));
|
||||
m_printerOptionsText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_OPTIONS, wxEmptyString, wxPoint(360, 135), wxSize(150, wxDefaultSize.y));
|
||||
|
||||
wxButton *okButton = new wxButton(this, wxID_OK, _("OK"), wxPoint(130, 200), wxSize(80, -1));
|
||||
(void) new wxButton(this, wxID_CANCEL, _("Cancel"), wxPoint(320, 200), wxSize(80, -1));
|
||||
wxButton *okButton = new wxButton(this, wxID_OK, _("OK"), wxPoint(130, 200), wxSize(80, wxDefaultSize.y));
|
||||
(void) new wxButton(this, wxID_CANCEL, _("Cancel"), wxPoint(320, 200), wxSize(80, wxDefaultSize.y));
|
||||
|
||||
okButton->SetDefault();
|
||||
okButton->SetFocus();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Fit();
|
||||
Centre(wxBOTH);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ bool wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::TransferDataToWindow()
|
||||
else
|
||||
m_orientationRadioBox->SetSelection(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::TransferDataFromWindow()
|
||||
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ bool wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::TransferDataFromWindow()
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxComboBox *wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::CreatePaperTypeChoice(int *x, int *y)
|
||||
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ wxComboBox *wxGenericPrintSetupDialog::CreatePaperTypeChoice(int *x, int *y)
|
||||
wxPRINTID_PAPERSIZE,
|
||||
_("Paper Size"),
|
||||
wxPoint(*x, *y),
|
||||
wxSize(width, -1),
|
||||
wxSize(width, wxDefaultSize.y),
|
||||
n, choices );
|
||||
|
||||
// SetFont(thisFont);
|
||||
@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ void wxGenericPageSetupDialog::OnPrinter(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
|
||||
// Transfer the current print settings from this dialog to the page setup dialog.
|
||||
wxPrintDialogData data;
|
||||
data = GetPageSetupData().GetPrintData();
|
||||
data.SetSetupDialog(TRUE);
|
||||
data.SetSetupDialog(true);
|
||||
wxPrintDialog *printDialog = new wxPrintDialog(this, & data);
|
||||
printDialog->ShowModal();
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ void wxGenericPageSetupDialog::OnPrinter(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
|
||||
wxGenericPageSetupDialog::wxGenericPageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxPageSetupData* data)
|
||||
: wxDialog( parent,
|
||||
-1,
|
||||
wxID_ANY,
|
||||
_("Page Setup"),
|
||||
wxPoint(0, 0),
|
||||
wxSize(600, 600),
|
||||
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ wxGenericPageSetupDialog::wxGenericPageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxBoxSizer *mainsizer = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );
|
||||
|
||||
// 1) top
|
||||
wxStaticBoxSizer *topsizer = new wxStaticBoxSizer(
|
||||
wxStaticBoxSizer *topsizer = new wxStaticBoxSizer(
|
||||
new wxStaticBox(this,wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Paper size")), wxHORIZONTAL );
|
||||
|
||||
size_t n = wxThePrintPaperDatabase->GetCount();
|
||||
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ wxGenericPageSetupDialog::wxGenericPageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
wxPRINTID_PAPERSIZE,
|
||||
_("Paper Size"),
|
||||
wxDefaultPosition,
|
||||
wxSize(300, -1),
|
||||
wxSize(300, wxDefaultSize.y),
|
||||
n, choices );
|
||||
topsizer->Add( m_paperTypeChoice, 1, wxEXPAND|wxALL, 5 );
|
||||
// m_paperTypeChoice->SetSelection(sel);
|
||||
@@ -648,22 +648,22 @@ wxGenericPageSetupDialog::wxGenericPageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
column1->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Left margin (mm):")),1,wxALL|wxALIGN_RIGHT,5 );
|
||||
column1->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Top margin (mm):")),1,wxALL|wxALIGN_RIGHT,5 );
|
||||
table->Add( column1, 0, wxALL | wxEXPAND, 5 );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxBoxSizer *column2 = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );
|
||||
m_marginLeftText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_LEFTMARGIN, wxT(""), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(textWidth, -1));
|
||||
m_marginTopText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_TOPMARGIN, wxT(""), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(textWidth, -1));
|
||||
m_marginLeftText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_LEFTMARGIN, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(textWidth, wxDefaultSize.y));
|
||||
m_marginTopText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_TOPMARGIN, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(textWidth, wxDefaultSize.y));
|
||||
column2->Add( m_marginLeftText, 1, wxALL, 5 );
|
||||
column2->Add( m_marginTopText, 1, wxALL, 5 );
|
||||
table->Add( column2, 0, wxRIGHT|wxTOP|wxBOTTOM | wxEXPAND, 5 );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxBoxSizer *column3 = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );
|
||||
column3->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Right margin (mm):")),1,wxALL|wxALIGN_RIGHT,5 );
|
||||
column3->Add( new wxStaticText(this, wxPRINTID_STATIC, _("Bottom margin (mm):")),1,wxALL|wxALIGN_RIGHT,5 );
|
||||
table->Add( column3, 0, wxALL | wxEXPAND, 5 );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxBoxSizer *column4 = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );
|
||||
m_marginRightText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_RIGHTMARGIN, wxT(""), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(textWidth, -1));
|
||||
m_marginBottomText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_BOTTOMMARGIN, wxT(""), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(textWidth, -1));
|
||||
m_marginRightText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_RIGHTMARGIN, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(textWidth, wxDefaultSize.y));
|
||||
m_marginBottomText = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxPRINTID_BOTTOMMARGIN, wxEmptyString, wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(textWidth, wxDefaultSize.y));
|
||||
column4->Add( m_marginRightText, 1, wxALL, 5 );
|
||||
column4->Add( m_marginBottomText, 1, wxALL, 5 );
|
||||
table->Add( column4, 0, wxRIGHT|wxTOP|wxBOTTOM | wxEXPAND, 5 );
|
||||
@@ -672,29 +672,29 @@ wxGenericPageSetupDialog::wxGenericPageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_STATLINE
|
||||
// 5) static line
|
||||
mainsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, -1 ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
|
||||
mainsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, wxID_ANY ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// 6) buttons
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxSizer* buttonsizer = CreateButtonSizer( wxOK|wxCANCEL);
|
||||
m_printerButton = new wxButton(this, wxPRINTID_SETUP, _("Printer...") );
|
||||
buttonsizer->Add( m_printerButton, 0, wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, 10 );
|
||||
if ( !m_pageData.GetEnablePrinter() )
|
||||
m_printerButton->Enable(FALSE);
|
||||
m_printerButton->Enable(false);
|
||||
// if (m_printData.GetEnableHelp())
|
||||
// wxButton *helpButton = new wxButton(this, (wxFunction)wxGenericPageSetupHelpProc, _("Help"), -1, -1, buttonWidth, buttonHeight);
|
||||
// wxButton *helpButton = new wxButton(this, (wxFunction)wxGenericPageSetupHelpProc, _("Help"), wxDefaultPosition.x, wxDefaultPosition.y, buttonWidth, buttonHeight);
|
||||
mainsizer->Add( buttonsizer, 0, wxCENTER|wxALL, 10 );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
SetAutoLayout( TRUE );
|
||||
SetAutoLayout( true );
|
||||
SetSizer( mainsizer );
|
||||
|
||||
mainsizer->Fit( this );
|
||||
Centre(wxBOTH);
|
||||
|
||||
InitDialog();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
delete[] choices;
|
||||
delete [] choices2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ bool wxGenericPageSetupDialog::TransferDataToWindow()
|
||||
m_paperTypeChoice->SetStringSelection(type->GetName());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericPageSetupDialog::TransferDataFromWindow()
|
||||
@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ bool wxGenericPageSetupDialog::TransferDataFromWindow()
|
||||
m_pageData.GetPrintData().SetOrientation(wxLANDSCAPE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_paperTypeChoice)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int selectedItem = m_paperTypeChoice->GetSelection();
|
||||
@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ bool wxGenericPageSetupDialog::TransferDataFromWindow()
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxComboBox *wxGenericPageSetupDialog::CreatePaperTypeChoice(int *x, int *y)
|
||||
@@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ wxComboBox *wxGenericPageSetupDialog::CreatePaperTypeChoice(int *x, int *y)
|
||||
wxPRINTID_PAPERSIZE,
|
||||
_("Paper Size"),
|
||||
wxPoint(*x, *y),
|
||||
wxSize(300, -1),
|
||||
wxSize(300, wxDefaultSize.y),
|
||||
n, choices );
|
||||
*y += 35;
|
||||
delete[] choices;
|
||||
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ void wxRendererGeneric::Cleanup()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sm_rendererGeneric)
|
||||
delete sm_rendererGeneric;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sm_rendererGeneric = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ wxRendererGeneric::DrawSplitterSash(wxWindow *win,
|
||||
|
||||
const wxCoord h = size.y;
|
||||
wxCoord offset = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// If we're drawing the border, draw the sash 3d lines shorter
|
||||
if ( win->HasFlag(wxSP_3DBORDER) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -312,8 +312,8 @@ wxRendererGeneric::DrawSplitterSash(wxWindow *win,
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
|
||||
dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE)));
|
||||
|
||||
dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE)));
|
||||
|
||||
if ( win->HasFlag(wxSP_3DSASH) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Draw the 3D sash
|
||||
|
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ void wxSashWindow::Init()
|
||||
m_maximumPaneSizeY = 10000;
|
||||
m_sashCursorWE = new wxCursor(wxCURSOR_SIZEWE);
|
||||
m_sashCursorNS = new wxCursor(wxCURSOR_SIZENS);
|
||||
m_mouseCaptured = FALSE;
|
||||
m_mouseCaptured = false;
|
||||
m_currentCursor = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// Eventually, we'll respond to colour change messages
|
||||
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ void wxSashWindow::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
|
||||
if (event.LeftDown())
|
||||
{
|
||||
CaptureMouse();
|
||||
m_mouseCaptured = TRUE;
|
||||
m_mouseCaptured = true;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( sashHit != wxSASH_NONE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ void wxSashWindow::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
|
||||
// Wasn't a proper drag
|
||||
if (m_mouseCaptured)
|
||||
ReleaseMouse();
|
||||
m_mouseCaptured = FALSE;
|
||||
m_mouseCaptured = false;
|
||||
|
||||
wxScreenDC::EndDrawingOnTop();
|
||||
m_dragMode = wxSASH_DRAG_NONE;
|
||||
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ void wxSashWindow::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
|
||||
m_dragMode = wxSASH_DRAG_NONE;
|
||||
if (m_mouseCaptured)
|
||||
ReleaseMouse();
|
||||
m_mouseCaptured = FALSE;
|
||||
m_mouseCaptured = false;
|
||||
|
||||
// Erase old tracker
|
||||
DrawSashTracker(m_draggingEdge, m_oldX, m_oldY);
|
||||
@@ -187,8 +187,8 @@ void wxSashWindow::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
|
||||
wxSashDragStatus status = wxSASH_STATUS_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
// the new height and width of the window - if -1, it didn't change
|
||||
int newHeight = -1,
|
||||
newWidth = -1;
|
||||
int newHeight = wxDefaultSize.y,
|
||||
newWidth = wxDefaultSize.x;
|
||||
|
||||
// NB: x and y may be negative and they're relative to the sash window
|
||||
// upper left corner, while xp and yp are expressed in the parent
|
||||
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ void wxSashWindow::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( newHeight == -1 )
|
||||
if ( newHeight == wxDefaultSize.y )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// didn't change
|
||||
newHeight = h;
|
||||
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ void wxSashWindow::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
|
||||
newHeight = wxMin(newHeight, m_maximumPaneSizeY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( newWidth == -1 )
|
||||
if ( newWidth == wxDefaultSize.x )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// didn't change
|
||||
newWidth = w;
|
||||
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ void wxSashWindow::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_mouseCaptured)
|
||||
ReleaseMouse();
|
||||
m_mouseCaptured = FALSE;
|
||||
m_mouseCaptured = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (event.Moving() && !event.Dragging())
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@@ -65,8 +65,8 @@
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxScrolledWindow, wxGenericScrolledWindow)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
TODO PROPERTIES
|
||||
style wxHSCROLL | wxVSCROLL
|
||||
TODO PROPERTIES
|
||||
style wxHSCROLL | wxVSCROLL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event);
|
||||
|
||||
void ResetDrawnFlag() { m_hasDrawnWindow = FALSE; }
|
||||
void ResetDrawnFlag() { m_hasDrawnWindow = false; }
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxScrollHelper *m_scrollHelper;
|
||||
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ bool wxScrollHelperEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event)
|
||||
// anything in the window. We set it to true here but reset it to false in
|
||||
// wxScrolledWindow::OnPaint() handler (which wouldn't be called if the
|
||||
// user code defined OnPaint() in the derived class)
|
||||
m_hasDrawnWindow = TRUE;
|
||||
m_hasDrawnWindow = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// pass it on to the real handler
|
||||
bool processed = wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(event);
|
||||
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ bool wxScrollHelperEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_scrollHelper->HandleOnSize((wxSizeEvent &)event);
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( processed )
|
||||
@@ -231,18 +231,18 @@ bool wxScrollHelperEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event)
|
||||
// OnDraw() below (from HandleOnPaint)
|
||||
if ( m_hasDrawnWindow )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// reset the skipped flag to FALSE as it might have been set to TRUE in
|
||||
// reset the skipped flag to false as it might have been set to true in
|
||||
// ProcessEvent() above
|
||||
event.Skip(FALSE);
|
||||
event.Skip(false);
|
||||
|
||||
if ( evType == wxEVT_PAINT )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_scrollHelper->HandleOnPaint((wxPaintEvent &)event);
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( evType == wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP ||
|
||||
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ bool wxScrollHelperEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event)
|
||||
return !event.GetSkipped();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ wxScrollHelper::wxScrollHelper(wxWindow *win)
|
||||
m_yScrollLinesPerPage = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
m_xScrollingEnabled =
|
||||
m_yScrollingEnabled = TRUE;
|
||||
m_yScrollingEnabled = true;
|
||||
|
||||
m_scaleX =
|
||||
m_scaleY = 1.0;
|
||||
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ void wxScrollHelper::SetScrollbars(int pixelsPerUnitX,
|
||||
m_targetWindow->SetVirtualSize( w, h );
|
||||
|
||||
if (do_refresh && !noRefresh)
|
||||
m_targetWindow->Refresh(TRUE, GetScrollRect());
|
||||
m_targetWindow->Refresh(true, GetScrollRect());
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
|
||||
// If the target is not the same as the window with the scrollbars,
|
||||
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ void wxScrollHelper::HandleOnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event)
|
||||
m_win->SetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL, m_yScrollPosition);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool needsRefresh = FALSE;
|
||||
bool needsRefresh = false;
|
||||
int dx = 0,
|
||||
dy = 0;
|
||||
if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
|
||||
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ void wxScrollHelper::HandleOnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event)
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
needsRefresh = TRUE;
|
||||
needsRefresh = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
@@ -498,13 +498,13 @@ void wxScrollHelper::HandleOnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event)
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
needsRefresh = TRUE;
|
||||
needsRefresh = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( needsRefresh )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_targetWindow->Refresh(TRUE, GetScrollRect());
|
||||
m_targetWindow->Refresh(true, GetScrollRect());
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ int wxScrollHelper::CalcScrollInc(wxScrollWinEvent& event)
|
||||
nScrollInc = noPositions - m_xScrollPosition; // As +ve as we can go
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
m_targetWindow->Refresh(TRUE, GetScrollRect());
|
||||
m_targetWindow->Refresh(true, GetScrollRect());
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ int wxScrollHelper::CalcScrollInc(wxScrollWinEvent& event)
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// VZ: why do we do this? (FIXME)
|
||||
m_targetWindow->Refresh(TRUE, GetScrollRect());
|
||||
m_targetWindow->Refresh(true, GetScrollRect());
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ void wxScrollHelper::AdjustScrollbars()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_xScrollLines = 0;
|
||||
m_xScrollPosition = 0;
|
||||
m_win->SetScrollbar (wxHORIZONTAL, 0, 0, 0, FALSE);
|
||||
m_win->SetScrollbar (wxHORIZONTAL, 0, 0, 0, false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ void wxScrollHelper::AdjustScrollbars()
|
||||
m_targetWindow->ScrollWindow( m_xScrollPixelsPerLine * (oldXScroll - m_xScrollPosition), 0,
|
||||
GetScrollRect() );
|
||||
else
|
||||
m_targetWindow->Refresh(TRUE, GetScrollRect());
|
||||
m_targetWindow->Refresh(true, GetScrollRect());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (oldYScroll != m_yScrollPosition)
|
||||
@@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ void wxScrollHelper::AdjustScrollbars()
|
||||
m_targetWindow->ScrollWindow( 0, m_yScrollPixelsPerLine * (oldYScroll-m_yScrollPosition),
|
||||
GetScrollRect() );
|
||||
else
|
||||
m_targetWindow->Refresh(TRUE, GetScrollRect());
|
||||
m_targetWindow->Refresh(true, GetScrollRect());
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@ bool wxGenericScrolledWindow::Layout()
|
||||
CalcScrolledPosition(0,0, &x,&y);
|
||||
GetVirtualSize(&w, &h);
|
||||
GetSizer()->SetDimension(x, y, w, h);
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// fall back to default for LayoutConstraints
|
||||
|
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ bool wxSelectionStore::SelectItem(size_t item, bool select)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_itemsSel.AddAt(item, index);
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // reset to default state
|
||||
@@ -68,11 +68,11 @@ bool wxSelectionStore::SelectItem(size_t item, bool select)
|
||||
if ( isSel )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_itemsSel.RemoveAt(index);
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxSelectionStore::SelectRange(size_t itemFrom, size_t itemTo,
|
||||
|
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ public:
|
||||
: wxTextCtrl(spin->GetParent(), wxID_ANY, value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_spin = spin;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// remove the default minsize, the spinctrl will have one instead
|
||||
SetSizeHints(wxDefaultSize.x,wxDefaultSize.y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -184,11 +184,11 @@ bool wxSpinCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
|
||||
m_text = new wxSpinCtrlText(this, value);
|
||||
m_btn = new wxSpinCtrlButton(this, style);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
m_btn->SetRange(min, max);
|
||||
m_btn->SetValue(initial);
|
||||
SetBestSize(size);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// have to disable this window to avoid interfering it with message
|
||||
// processing to the text and the button... but pretend it is enabled to
|
||||
// make IsEnabled() return true
|
||||
|
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ wxSplashScreen::wxSplashScreen(const wxBitmap& bitmap, long splashStyle, int mil
|
||||
m_splashStyle = splashStyle;
|
||||
m_milliseconds = milliseconds;
|
||||
|
||||
m_window = new wxSplashScreenWindow(bitmap, this, -1, pos, size, wxNO_BORDER);
|
||||
m_window = new wxSplashScreenWindow(bitmap, this, wxID_ANY, pos, size, wxNO_BORDER);
|
||||
|
||||
SetClientSize(bitmap.GetWidth(), bitmap.GetHeight());
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -66,10 +66,10 @@ wxSplashScreen::wxSplashScreen(const wxBitmap& bitmap, long splashStyle, int mil
|
||||
if (m_splashStyle & wxSPLASH_TIMEOUT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_timer.SetOwner(this, wxSPLASH_TIMER_ID);
|
||||
m_timer.Start(milliseconds, TRUE);
|
||||
m_timer.Start(milliseconds, true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Show(TRUE);
|
||||
Show(true);
|
||||
m_window->SetFocus();
|
||||
#if defined( __WXMSW__ ) || defined(__WXMAC__)
|
||||
Update(); // Without this, you see a blank screen for an instant
|
||||
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ wxSplashScreen::~wxSplashScreen()
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSplashScreen::OnNotify(wxTimerEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
|
||||
{
|
||||
Close(TRUE);
|
||||
Close(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSplashScreen::OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
|
||||
@@ -182,12 +182,12 @@ void wxSplashScreenWindow::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event)
|
||||
void wxSplashScreenWindow::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (event.LeftDown() || event.RightDown())
|
||||
GetParent()->Close(TRUE);
|
||||
GetParent()->Close(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxSplashScreenWindow::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
|
||||
{
|
||||
GetParent()->Close(TRUE);
|
||||
GetParent()->Close(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // wxUSE_SPLASH
|
||||
|
@@ -50,12 +50,12 @@ DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_UNSPLIT)
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSplitterWindow, wxWindow)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
TODO PROPERTIES
|
||||
style wxSP_3D
|
||||
sashpos (long , 0 )
|
||||
minsize (long -1 )
|
||||
object, object_ref
|
||||
orientation
|
||||
TODO PROPERTIES
|
||||
style wxSP_3D
|
||||
sashpos (long , 0 )
|
||||
minsize (long -1 )
|
||||
object, object_ref
|
||||
orientation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSplitterEvent, wxNotifyEvent)
|
||||
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ void wxSplitterWindow::OnInternalIdle()
|
||||
SizeWindows();
|
||||
return; // it won't needUpdating in this case
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_needUpdating)
|
||||
SizeWindows();
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ void wxSplitterWindow::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Start the drag now
|
||||
m_dragMode = wxSPLIT_DRAG_DRAGGING;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Capture mouse and set the cursor
|
||||
CaptureMouse();
|
||||
SetResizeCursor();
|
||||
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ void wxSplitterWindow::OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// We can stop dragging now and see what we've got.
|
||||
m_dragMode = wxSPLIT_DRAG_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Release mouse and unset the cursor
|
||||
ReleaseMouse();
|
||||
SetCursor(* wxSTANDARD_CURSOR);
|
||||
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ bool wxSplitterWindow::SashHitTest(int x, int y, int tolerance)
|
||||
int z = m_splitMode == wxSPLIT_VERTICAL ? x : y;
|
||||
int hitMin = m_sashPosition - tolerance;
|
||||
int hitMax = m_sashPosition + GetSashSize() + tolerance;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
return z >= hitMin && z <= hitMax;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ bool wxSplitterWindow::DoSplit(wxSplitMode mode,
|
||||
// right now (e.g. because the window is too small)
|
||||
m_requestedSashPosition = sashPosition;
|
||||
m_checkRequestedSashPosition = false;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DoSetSashPosition(ConvertSashPosition(sashPosition));
|
||||
|
||||
SizeWindows();
|
||||
@@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ void wxSplitterWindow::SetSashPosition(int position, bool redraw)
|
||||
// right now (e.g. because the window is too small)
|
||||
m_requestedSashPosition = position;
|
||||
m_checkRequestedSashPosition = false;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DoSetSashPosition(ConvertSashPosition(position));
|
||||
|
||||
if ( redraw )
|
||||
|
@@ -51,16 +51,16 @@ bool wxStaticLine::Create( wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
m_statbox = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name) )
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
// ok, this is ugly but it's better than nothing: use a thin static box to
|
||||
// emulate static line
|
||||
|
||||
wxSize sizeReal = AdjustSize(size);
|
||||
|
||||
m_statbox = new wxStaticBox(parent, id, wxT(""), pos, sizeReal, style, name);
|
||||
m_statbox = new wxStaticBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, pos, sizeReal, style, name);
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxStaticLine::~wxStaticLine()
|
||||
|
@@ -80,10 +80,10 @@ bool wxStatusBarGeneric::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
if ( !wxWindow::Create(parent, id,
|
||||
wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
style | wxTAB_TRAVERSAL, name) )
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
// The status bar should have a themed background
|
||||
SetThemeEnabled( TRUE );
|
||||
SetThemeEnabled( true );
|
||||
|
||||
// Don't wish this to be found as a child
|
||||
#ifndef __WXMAC__
|
||||
@@ -102,11 +102,11 @@ bool wxStatusBarGeneric::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
|
||||
int height = (int)( (11*y)/10 + 2*GetBorderY());
|
||||
|
||||
SetSize(-1, -1, -1, height);
|
||||
SetSize(wxDefaultPosition.x, wxDefaultPosition.y, wxDefaultSize.x, height);
|
||||
|
||||
SetFieldsCount(1);
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ wxSize wxStatusBarGeneric::DoGetBestSize() const
|
||||
height = (int)( (11*y)/10 + 2*GetBorderY());
|
||||
|
||||
return wxSize(width, height);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxStatusBarGeneric::SetFieldsCount(int number, const int *widths)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ void wxStatusBarGeneric::SetStatusText(const wxString& text, int number)
|
||||
wxRect rect;
|
||||
GetFieldRect(number, rect);
|
||||
|
||||
Refresh( TRUE, &rect );
|
||||
Refresh( true, &rect );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ void wxStatusBarGeneric::DrawField(wxDC& dc, int i)
|
||||
// Get the position and size of the field's internal bounding rectangle
|
||||
bool wxStatusBarGeneric::GetFieldRect(int n, wxRect& rect) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( (n >= 0) && (n < m_nFields), FALSE,
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( (n >= 0) && (n < m_nFields), false,
|
||||
_T("invalid status bar field index") );
|
||||
|
||||
// FIXME: workarounds for OS/2 bugs have nothing to do here (VZ)
|
||||
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ bool wxStatusBarGeneric::GetFieldRect(int n, wxRect& rect) const
|
||||
rect.width = m_widthsAbs[n] - 2*m_borderX;
|
||||
rect.height = height - 2*m_borderY;
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Initialize colours
|
||||
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ void wxStatusBarGeneric::SetMinHeight(int height)
|
||||
|
||||
if ( height > (11*y)/10 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetSize(-1, -1, -1, height + 2*m_borderY);
|
||||
SetSize(wxDefaultPosition.x, wxDefaultPosition.y, wxDefaultSize.x, height + 2*m_borderY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -432,10 +432,10 @@ void wxStatusBarGeneric::OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event)
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
event.Skip( TRUE );
|
||||
event.Skip( true );
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
event.Skip( TRUE );
|
||||
event.Skip( true );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -466,10 +466,10 @@ void wxStatusBarGeneric::OnRightDown(wxMouseEvent& event)
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
event.Skip( TRUE );
|
||||
event.Skip( true );
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
event.Skip( TRUE );
|
||||
event.Skip( true );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabControl, wxObject)
|
||||
wxTabControl::wxTabControl(wxTabView *v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_view = v;
|
||||
m_isSelected = FALSE;
|
||||
m_isSelected = false;
|
||||
m_offsetX = 0;
|
||||
m_offsetY = 0;
|
||||
m_width = 0;
|
||||
@@ -502,9 +502,9 @@ bool wxTabControl::HitTest(int x, int y) const
|
||||
int tabY2 = tabY1 + GetHeight();
|
||||
|
||||
if (x >= tabX1 && y >= tabY1 && x <= tabX2 && y <= tabY2)
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTabView, wxObject)
|
||||
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ wxTabView::wxTabView(long style)
|
||||
|
||||
wxTabView::~wxTabView()
|
||||
{
|
||||
ClearTabs(TRUE);
|
||||
ClearTabs(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Automatically positions tabs
|
||||
@@ -631,22 +631,22 @@ bool wxTabView::RemoveTab(int id)
|
||||
|
||||
// The layout has changed
|
||||
LayoutTabs();
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
tabNode = tabNode->GetNext();
|
||||
}
|
||||
layerNode = layerNode->GetNext();
|
||||
}
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxTabView::SetTabText(int id, const wxString& label)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxTabControl* control = FindTabControlForId(id);
|
||||
if (!control)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
control->SetLabel(label);
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxString wxTabView::GetTabText(int id) const
|
||||
@@ -877,11 +877,11 @@ void wxTabView::Draw(wxDC& dc)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Process mouse event, return FALSE if we didn't process it
|
||||
// Process mouse event, return false if we didn't process it
|
||||
bool wxTabView::OnEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!event.LeftDown())
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
wxCoord x, y;
|
||||
event.GetPosition(&x, &y);
|
||||
@@ -911,16 +911,16 @@ bool wxTabView::OnEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (!hitControl)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
wxTabControl *currentTab = FindTabControlForId(m_tabSelection);
|
||||
|
||||
if (hitControl == currentTab)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
ChangeTab(hitControl);
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxTabView::ChangeTab(wxTabControl *control)
|
||||
@@ -931,28 +931,28 @@ bool wxTabView::ChangeTab(wxTabControl *control)
|
||||
oldTab = currentTab->GetId();
|
||||
|
||||
if (control == currentTab)
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_layers.GetCount() == 0)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!OnTabPreActivate(control->GetId(), oldTab))
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
// Move the tab to the bottom
|
||||
MoveSelectionTab(control);
|
||||
|
||||
if (currentTab)
|
||||
currentTab->SetSelected(FALSE);
|
||||
currentTab->SetSelected(false);
|
||||
|
||||
control->SetSelected(TRUE);
|
||||
control->SetSelected(true);
|
||||
m_tabSelection = control->GetId();
|
||||
|
||||
OnTabActivate(control->GetId(), oldTab);
|
||||
|
||||
// Leave window refresh for the implementing window
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Move the selected tab to the bottom layer, if necessary,
|
||||
@@ -960,7 +960,7 @@ bool wxTabView::ChangeTab(wxTabControl *control)
|
||||
bool wxTabView::MoveSelectionTab(wxTabControl *control)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_layers.GetCount() == 0)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
wxTabLayer *firstLayer = (wxTabLayer *)m_layers.GetFirst()->GetData();
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -972,14 +972,14 @@ bool wxTabView::MoveSelectionTab(wxTabControl *control)
|
||||
int col = 0;
|
||||
wxList::compatibility_iterator thisNode = FindTabNodeAndColumn(control, &col);
|
||||
if (!thisNode)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
wxList::compatibility_iterator otherNode = firstLayer->Item(col);
|
||||
if (!otherNode)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
// If this is already in the bottom layer, return now
|
||||
if (otherNode == thisNode)
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
wxTabControl *otherTab = (wxTabControl *)otherNode->GetData();
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ bool wxTabView::MoveSelectionTab(wxTabControl *control)
|
||||
thisNode->SetData(otherTab);
|
||||
otherNode->SetData(control);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Called when a tab is activated
|
||||
@@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@ void wxTabView::SetTabSelection(int sel, bool activateTool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (oldControl)
|
||||
oldControl->SetSelected(FALSE);
|
||||
oldControl->SetSelected(false);
|
||||
|
||||
m_tabSelection = sel;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ wxPanelTabView::wxPanelTabView(wxPanel *pan, long style)
|
||||
|
||||
wxPanelTabView::~wxPanelTabView(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ClearWindows(TRUE);
|
||||
ClearWindows(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Called when a tab is activated
|
||||
@@ -1246,9 +1246,9 @@ void wxPanelTabView::OnTabActivate(int activateId, int deactivateId)
|
||||
wxWindow *newWindow = GetTabWindow(activateId);
|
||||
|
||||
if (oldWindow)
|
||||
oldWindow->Show(FALSE);
|
||||
oldWindow->Show(false);
|
||||
if (newWindow)
|
||||
newWindow->Show(TRUE);
|
||||
newWindow->Show(true);
|
||||
|
||||
m_panel->Refresh();
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@ void wxPanelTabView::AddTabWindow(int id, wxWindow *window)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxASSERT(m_tabWindows.find(id) == m_tabWindows.end());
|
||||
m_tabWindows[id] = window;
|
||||
window->Show(FALSE);
|
||||
window->Show(false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxWindow *wxPanelTabView::GetTabWindow(int id) const
|
||||
@@ -1280,8 +1280,8 @@ void wxPanelTabView::ShowWindowForTab(int id)
|
||||
if (newWindow == m_currentWindow)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if (m_currentWindow)
|
||||
m_currentWindow->Show(FALSE);
|
||||
newWindow->Show(TRUE);
|
||||
m_currentWindow->Show(false);
|
||||
newWindow->Show(true);
|
||||
newWindow->Refresh();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ wxTextEntryDialog::wxTextEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
const wxString& value,
|
||||
long style,
|
||||
const wxPoint& pos)
|
||||
: wxDialog(parent, -1, caption, pos, wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
: wxDialog(parent, wxID_ANY, caption, pos, wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxDIALOG_MODAL),
|
||||
m_value(value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ wxTextEntryDialog::wxTextEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
|
||||
// 2) text ctrl
|
||||
m_textctrl = new wxTextCtrl(this, wxID_TEXT, value,
|
||||
wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(300, -1),
|
||||
wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(300, wxDefaultSize.y),
|
||||
style & ~wxTextEntryDialogStyle);
|
||||
topsizer->Add( m_textctrl, 1, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT, 15 );
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -100,13 +100,13 @@ wxTextEntryDialog::wxTextEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_STATLINE
|
||||
// 3) static line
|
||||
topsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, -1 ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
|
||||
topsizer->Add( new wxStaticLine( this, wxID_ANY ), 0, wxEXPAND | wxLEFT|wxRIGHT|wxTOP, 10 );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// 4) buttons
|
||||
topsizer->Add( CreateButtonSizer( style ), 0, wxCENTRE | wxALL, 10 );
|
||||
|
||||
SetAutoLayout( TRUE );
|
||||
SetAutoLayout( true );
|
||||
SetSizer( topsizer );
|
||||
|
||||
topsizer->SetSizeHints( this );
|
||||
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ wxTextEntryDialog::wxTextEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
void wxTextEntryDialog::OnOK(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
|
||||
if( Validate() && TransferDataFromWindow() )
|
||||
if( Validate() && TransferDataFromWindow() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
EndModal( wxID_OK );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@@ -19,8 +19,8 @@
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// NB: when using generic wxTimer implementation in your port, you *must* call
|
||||
// wxTimer::NotifyTimers() often enough. The ideal place for this
|
||||
// NB: when using generic wxTimer implementation in your port, you *must* call
|
||||
// wxTimer::NotifyTimers() often enough. The ideal place for this
|
||||
// is in wxEventLoop::Dispatch().
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -68,14 +68,14 @@
|
||||
class wxTimerDesc
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxTimerDesc(wxTimer *t) :
|
||||
timer(t), running(FALSE), next(NULL), prev(NULL),
|
||||
wxTimerDesc(wxTimer *t) :
|
||||
timer(t), running(false), next(NULL), prev(NULL),
|
||||
shotTime(0), deleteFlag(NULL) {}
|
||||
|
||||
wxTimer *timer;
|
||||
bool running;
|
||||
wxTimerDesc *next, *prev;
|
||||
wxTimerTick_t shotTime;
|
||||
wxTimerTick_t shotTime;
|
||||
volatile bool *deleteFlag; // see comment in ~wxTimer
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ public:
|
||||
void QueueTimer(wxTimerDesc *desc, wxTimerTick_t when = 0);
|
||||
void RemoveTimer(wxTimerDesc *desc);
|
||||
void NotifyTimers();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxTimerDesc *m_timers;
|
||||
};
|
||||
@@ -96,14 +96,14 @@ void wxTimerScheduler::QueueTimer(wxTimerDesc *desc, wxTimerTick_t when)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( desc->running )
|
||||
return; // already scheduled
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if ( when == 0 )
|
||||
when = GetMillisecondsTime() + desc->timer->GetInterval();
|
||||
desc->shotTime = when;
|
||||
desc->running = TRUE;
|
||||
desc->running = true;
|
||||
|
||||
wxLogTrace( wxT("timer"),
|
||||
wxT("queued timer %p at tick %") wxTimerTickFmtSpec,
|
||||
wxT("queued timer %p at tick %") wxTimerTickFmtSpec,
|
||||
desc->timer, wxTimerTickPrintfArg(when));
|
||||
|
||||
if ( m_timers )
|
||||
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ void wxTimerScheduler::QueueTimer(wxTimerDesc *desc, wxTimerTick_t when)
|
||||
|
||||
void wxTimerScheduler::RemoveTimer(wxTimerDesc *desc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
desc->running = FALSE;
|
||||
desc->running = false;
|
||||
if ( desc == m_timers )
|
||||
m_timers = desc->next;
|
||||
if ( desc->prev )
|
||||
@@ -150,15 +150,15 @@ void wxTimerScheduler::NotifyTimers()
|
||||
oneShot = desc->timer->IsOneShot();
|
||||
RemoveTimer(desc);
|
||||
|
||||
timerDeleted = FALSE;
|
||||
timerDeleted = false;
|
||||
desc->deleteFlag = &timerDeleted;
|
||||
desc->timer->Notify();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !timerDeleted )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxLogTrace( wxT("timer"),
|
||||
wxT("notified timer %p sheduled for %")
|
||||
wxTimerTickFmtSpec,
|
||||
wxTimerTickFmtSpec,
|
||||
desc->timer,
|
||||
wxTimerTickPrintfArg(desc->shotTime) );
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -193,11 +193,11 @@ wxTimer::~wxTimer()
|
||||
Stop();
|
||||
|
||||
// NB: this is a hack: wxTimerScheduler must have some way of knowing
|
||||
// that wxTimer object was deleted under its hands -- this may
|
||||
// that wxTimer object was deleted under its hands -- this may
|
||||
// happen if somebody is really nasty and deletes the timer
|
||||
// from wxTimer::Notify()
|
||||
if ( m_desc->deleteFlag != NULL )
|
||||
*m_desc->deleteFlag = TRUE;
|
||||
*m_desc->deleteFlag = true;
|
||||
|
||||
delete m_desc;
|
||||
wxLogTrace( wxT("timer"), wxT(" ...done destroying timer %p..."), this);
|
||||
@@ -210,20 +210,20 @@ bool wxTimer::IsRunning() const
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxTimer::Start(int millisecs, bool oneShot)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxLogTrace( wxT("timer"), wxT("started timer %p: %i ms, oneshot=%i"),
|
||||
wxLogTrace( wxT("timer"), wxT("started timer %p: %i ms, oneshot=%i"),
|
||||
this, millisecs, oneShot);
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !wxTimerBase::Start(millisecs, oneShot) )
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
gs_scheduler->QueueTimer(m_desc);
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxTimer::Stop()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( !m_desc->running ) return;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
gs_scheduler->RemoveTimer(m_desc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ class wxTimerModule: public wxModule
|
||||
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTimerModule)
|
||||
public:
|
||||
wxTimerModule() {}
|
||||
bool OnInit() { return TRUE; }
|
||||
bool OnInit() { return true; }
|
||||
void OnExit() { delete gs_scheduler; gs_scheduler = NULL; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ wxTipDialog::wxTipDialog(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
|
||||
wxButton *btnNext = new wxButton(this, wxID_NEXT_TIP, _("&Next Tip"));
|
||||
|
||||
wxStaticText *text = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("Did you know..."), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(-1,30) );
|
||||
wxStaticText *text = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("Did you know..."), wxDefaultPosition, wxSize(wxDefaultSize.x,30) );
|
||||
#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__)
|
||||
text->SetFont(wxFont(16, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD));
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ wxTipWindow::wxTipWindow(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
#if wxUSE_POPUPWIN
|
||||
: wxPopupTransientWindow(parent)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
: wxFrame(parent, -1, _T(""),
|
||||
: wxFrame(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
|
||||
wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
wxNO_BORDER | wxFRAME_NO_TASKBAR )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -162,10 +162,10 @@ wxTipWindow::wxTipWindow(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
#ifdef __WXGTK__
|
||||
if (!GTK_WIDGET_HAS_GRAB(m_widget))
|
||||
gtk_grab_add( m_widget );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
Move(x, y);
|
||||
Show(TRUE);
|
||||
Show(true);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -229,11 +229,11 @@ void wxTipWindow::Close()
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_POPUPWIN
|
||||
Show(FALSE);
|
||||
Show(false);
|
||||
#ifdef __WXGTK__
|
||||
if (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_GRAB(m_widget))
|
||||
gtk_grab_remove( m_widget );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
Destroy();
|
||||
#else
|
||||
wxFrame::Close();
|
||||
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ void wxTipWindow::Close()
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
wxTipWindowView::wxTipWindowView(wxWindow *parent)
|
||||
: wxWindow(parent, -1,
|
||||
: wxWindow(parent, wxID_ANY,
|
||||
wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
|
||||
wxNO_BORDER)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ void wxTipWindowView::Adjust(const wxString& text, wxCoord maxLength)
|
||||
widthMax = 0;
|
||||
m_parent->m_heightLine = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
bool breakLine = FALSE;
|
||||
bool breakLine = false;
|
||||
for ( const wxChar *p = text.c_str(); ; p++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( *p == _T('\n') || *p == _T('\0') )
|
||||
@@ -293,21 +293,21 @@ void wxTipWindowView::Adjust(const wxString& text, wxCoord maxLength)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
current.clear();
|
||||
breakLine = FALSE;
|
||||
breakLine = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( breakLine && (*p == _T(' ') || *p == _T('\t')) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// word boundary - break the line here
|
||||
m_parent->m_textLines.Add(current);
|
||||
current.clear();
|
||||
breakLine = FALSE;
|
||||
breakLine = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // line goes on
|
||||
{
|
||||
current += *p;
|
||||
dc.GetTextExtent(current, &width, &height);
|
||||
if ( width > maxLength )
|
||||
breakLine = TRUE;
|
||||
breakLine = true;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( width > widthMax )
|
||||
widthMax = width;
|
||||
|
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
|
||||
#ifdef __WXMAC__
|
||||
#include "wx/mac/private.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// array types
|
||||
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ public:
|
||||
void SetImage(int image, wxTreeItemIcon which) { m_images[which] = image; }
|
||||
void SetData(wxTreeItemData *data) { m_data = data; }
|
||||
|
||||
void SetHasPlus(bool has = TRUE) { m_hasPlus = has; }
|
||||
void SetHasPlus(bool has = true) { m_hasPlus = has; }
|
||||
|
||||
void SetBold(bool bold) { m_isBold = bold; }
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ public:
|
||||
void DeleteChildren(wxGenericTreeCtrl *tree = NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
// get count of all children (and grand children if 'recursively')
|
||||
size_t GetChildrenCount(bool recursively = TRUE) const;
|
||||
size_t GetChildrenCount(bool recursively = true) const;
|
||||
|
||||
void Insert(wxGenericTreeItem *child, size_t index)
|
||||
{ m_children.Insert(child, index); }
|
||||
@@ -186,17 +186,17 @@ public:
|
||||
void GetSize( int &x, int &y, const wxGenericTreeCtrl* );
|
||||
|
||||
// return the item at given position (or NULL if no item), onButton is
|
||||
// TRUE if the point belongs to the item's button, otherwise it lies
|
||||
// true if the point belongs to the item's button, otherwise it lies
|
||||
// on the item's label
|
||||
wxGenericTreeItem *HitTest( const wxPoint& point,
|
||||
const wxGenericTreeCtrl *,
|
||||
int &flags,
|
||||
int level );
|
||||
|
||||
void Expand() { m_isCollapsed = FALSE; }
|
||||
void Collapse() { m_isCollapsed = TRUE; }
|
||||
void Expand() { m_isCollapsed = false; }
|
||||
void Collapse() { m_isCollapsed = true; }
|
||||
|
||||
void SetHilight( bool set = TRUE ) { m_hasHilight = set; }
|
||||
void SetHilight( bool set = true ) { m_hasHilight = set; }
|
||||
|
||||
// status inquiries
|
||||
bool HasChildren() const { return !m_children.IsEmpty(); }
|
||||
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ public:
|
||||
if ( !m_attr )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_attr = new wxTreeItemAttr;
|
||||
m_ownsAttr = TRUE;
|
||||
m_ownsAttr = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return *m_attr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -223,13 +223,13 @@ public:
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( m_ownsAttr ) delete m_attr;
|
||||
m_attr = attr;
|
||||
m_ownsAttr = FALSE;
|
||||
m_ownsAttr = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// set them and delete when done
|
||||
void AssignAttributes(wxTreeItemAttr *attr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetAttributes(attr);
|
||||
m_ownsAttr = TRUE;
|
||||
m_ownsAttr = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
@@ -295,13 +295,13 @@ static bool IsDescendantOf(wxGenericTreeItem *parent, wxGenericTreeItem *item)
|
||||
if ( item == parent )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// item is a descendant of parent
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
item = item->GetParent();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ wxTreeTextCtrl::wxTreeTextCtrl(wxGenericTreeCtrl *owner,
|
||||
: m_itemEdited(item), m_startValue(item->GetText())
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_owner = owner;
|
||||
m_finished = FALSE;
|
||||
m_finished = false;
|
||||
|
||||
int w = m_itemEdited->GetWidth(),
|
||||
h = m_itemEdited->GetHeight();
|
||||
@@ -373,19 +373,19 @@ bool wxTreeTextCtrl::AcceptChanges()
|
||||
if ( value == m_startValue )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// nothing changed, always accept
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !m_owner->OnRenameAccept(m_itemEdited, value) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// vetoed by the user
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// accepted, do rename the item
|
||||
m_owner->SetItemText(m_itemEdited, value);
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxTreeTextCtrl::Finish()
|
||||
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ void wxTreeTextCtrl::Finish()
|
||||
|
||||
wxPendingDelete.Append(this);
|
||||
|
||||
m_finished = TRUE;
|
||||
m_finished = true;
|
||||
|
||||
m_owner->SetFocus(); // This doesn't work. TODO.
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ void wxTreeTextCtrl::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent &event )
|
||||
sx = parentSize.x - myPos.x;
|
||||
if (mySize.x > sx)
|
||||
sx = mySize.x;
|
||||
SetSize(sx, -1);
|
||||
SetSize(sx, wxDefaultSize.y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
event.Skip();
|
||||
@@ -476,15 +476,15 @@ wxGenericTreeItem::wxGenericTreeItem(wxGenericTreeItem *parent,
|
||||
m_data = data;
|
||||
m_x = m_y = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
m_isCollapsed = TRUE;
|
||||
m_hasHilight = FALSE;
|
||||
m_hasPlus = FALSE;
|
||||
m_isBold = FALSE;
|
||||
m_isCollapsed = true;
|
||||
m_hasHilight = false;
|
||||
m_hasPlus = false;
|
||||
m_isBold = false;
|
||||
|
||||
m_parent = parent;
|
||||
|
||||
m_attr = (wxTreeItemAttr *)NULL;
|
||||
m_ownsAttr = FALSE;
|
||||
m_ownsAttr = false;
|
||||
|
||||
// We don't know the height here yet.
|
||||
m_width = 0;
|
||||
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGenericTreeCtrl,wxScrolledWindow)
|
||||
EVT_CHAR (wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnChar)
|
||||
EVT_SET_FOCUS (wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnSetFocus)
|
||||
EVT_KILL_FOCUS (wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnKillFocus)
|
||||
EVT_TREE_ITEM_GETTOOLTIP(-1, wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnGetToolTip)
|
||||
EVT_TREE_ITEM_GETTOOLTIP(wxID_ANY, wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnGetToolTip)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
|
||||
@@ -697,8 +697,8 @@ IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeCtrl, wxGenericTreeCtrl)
|
||||
void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Init()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_current = m_key_current = m_anchor = m_select_me = (wxGenericTreeItem *) NULL;
|
||||
m_hasFocus = FALSE;
|
||||
m_dirty = FALSE;
|
||||
m_hasFocus = false;
|
||||
m_dirty = false;
|
||||
|
||||
m_lineHeight = 10;
|
||||
m_indent = 15;
|
||||
@@ -725,10 +725,10 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Init()
|
||||
m_imageListNormal = m_imageListButtons =
|
||||
m_imageListState = (wxImageList *) NULL;
|
||||
m_ownsImageListNormal = m_ownsImageListButtons =
|
||||
m_ownsImageListState = FALSE;
|
||||
m_ownsImageListState = false;
|
||||
|
||||
m_dragCount = 0;
|
||||
m_isDragging = FALSE;
|
||||
m_isDragging = false;
|
||||
m_dropTarget = m_oldSelection = NULL;
|
||||
m_underMouse = NULL;
|
||||
m_textCtrl = NULL;
|
||||
@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Init()
|
||||
|
||||
m_findTimer = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
m_lastOnSame = FALSE;
|
||||
m_lastOnSame = false;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) && __WXMAC_CARBON__
|
||||
m_normalFont.MacCreateThemeFont( kThemeViewsFont ) ;
|
||||
@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
SetValidator( validator );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
wxVisualAttributes attr = GetDefaultAttributes();
|
||||
wxVisualAttributes attr = GetDefaultAttributes();
|
||||
SetDefaultForegroundColour( attr.colFg );
|
||||
SetDefaultBackgroundColour( attr.colBg );
|
||||
SetDefaultFont(attr.font);
|
||||
@@ -797,8 +797,8 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
m_dottedPen = wxPen( wxT("grey"), 0, 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
SetBestSize(size);
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wxGenericTreeCtrl::~wxGenericTreeCtrl()
|
||||
@@ -844,13 +844,13 @@ size_t wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetCount() const
|
||||
void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetIndent(unsigned int indent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_indent = (unsigned short) indent;
|
||||
m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_dirty = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetSpacing(unsigned int spacing)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_spacing = (unsigned short) spacing;
|
||||
m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_dirty = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
@@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetWindowStyle(const long styles)
|
||||
// want to update the inherited styles, but right now
|
||||
// none of the parents has updatable styles
|
||||
m_windowStyle = styles;
|
||||
m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_dirty = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -960,7 +960,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetItemData(const wxTreeItemId& item, wxTreeItemData *da
|
||||
|
||||
if (data)
|
||||
data->SetId( item );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->SetData(data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetFont( const wxFont &font )
|
||||
m_normalFont.GetFaceName(),
|
||||
m_normalFont.GetEncoding());
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetFont( const wxFont &font )
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::IsVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), FALSE, wxT("invalid tree item") );
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid tree item") );
|
||||
|
||||
// An item is only visible if it's not a descendant of a collapsed item
|
||||
wxGenericTreeItem *pItem = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem;
|
||||
@@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::IsVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
|
||||
while (parent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!parent->IsExpanded())
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
parent = parent->GetParent();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1057,20 +1057,20 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::IsVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
|
||||
|
||||
wxRect rect;
|
||||
if (!GetBoundingRect(item, rect))
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (rect.GetWidth() == 0 || rect.GetHeight() == 0)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (rect.GetBottom() < 0 || rect.GetTop() > clientSize.y)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
if (rect.GetRight() < 0 || rect.GetLeft() > clientSize.x)
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::ItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), FALSE, wxT("invalid tree item") );
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid tree item") );
|
||||
|
||||
// consider that the item does have children if it has the "+" button: it
|
||||
// might not have them (if it had never been expanded yet) but then it
|
||||
@@ -1082,21 +1082,21 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::ItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::IsExpanded(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), FALSE, wxT("invalid tree item") );
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid tree item") );
|
||||
|
||||
return ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->IsExpanded();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::IsSelected(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), FALSE, wxT("invalid tree item") );
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid tree item") );
|
||||
|
||||
return ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->IsSelected();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::IsBold(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), FALSE, wxT("invalid tree item") );
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), false, wxT("invalid tree item") );
|
||||
|
||||
return ((wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem)->IsBold();
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@ wxTreeItemId wxGenericTreeCtrl::DoInsertItem(const wxTreeItemId& parentId,
|
||||
return AddRoot(text, image, selImage, data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_dirty = TRUE; // do this first so stuff below doesn't cause flicker
|
||||
m_dirty = true; // do this first so stuff below doesn't cause flicker
|
||||
|
||||
wxGenericTreeItem *item =
|
||||
new wxGenericTreeItem( parent, text, image, selImage, data );
|
||||
@@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ wxTreeItemId wxGenericTreeCtrl::AddRoot(const wxString& text,
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( !m_anchor, wxTreeItemId(), wxT("tree can have only one root") );
|
||||
|
||||
m_dirty = TRUE; // do this first so stuff below doesn't cause flicker
|
||||
m_dirty = true; // do this first so stuff below doesn't cause flicker
|
||||
|
||||
m_anchor = new wxGenericTreeItem((wxGenericTreeItem *)NULL, text,
|
||||
image, selImage, data);
|
||||
@@ -1399,7 +1399,7 @@ wxTreeItemId wxGenericTreeCtrl::AddRoot(const wxString& text,
|
||||
if (!HasFlag(wxTR_MULTIPLE))
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_current = m_key_current = m_anchor;
|
||||
m_current->SetHilight( TRUE );
|
||||
m_current->SetHilight( true );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return m_anchor;
|
||||
@@ -1479,7 +1479,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SendDeleteEvent(wxGenericTreeItem *item)
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericTreeCtrl::DeleteChildren(const wxTreeItemId& itemId)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_dirty = TRUE; // do this first so stuff below doesn't cause flicker
|
||||
m_dirty = true; // do this first so stuff below doesn't cause flicker
|
||||
|
||||
wxGenericTreeItem *item = (wxGenericTreeItem*) itemId.m_pItem;
|
||||
item->DeleteChildren(this);
|
||||
@@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::DeleteChildren(const wxTreeItemId& itemId)
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Delete(const wxTreeItemId& itemId)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_dirty = TRUE; // do this first so stuff below doesn't cause flicker
|
||||
m_dirty = true; // do this first so stuff below doesn't cause flicker
|
||||
|
||||
wxGenericTreeItem *item = (wxGenericTreeItem*) itemId.m_pItem;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1499,7 +1499,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Delete(const wxTreeItemId& itemId)
|
||||
// Don't silently change the selection:
|
||||
// do it properly in idle time, so event
|
||||
// handlers get called.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// m_key_current = parent;
|
||||
m_key_current = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1516,7 +1516,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Delete(const wxTreeItemId& itemId)
|
||||
// Don't silently change the selection:
|
||||
// do it properly in idle time, so event
|
||||
// handlers get called.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// m_current = parent;
|
||||
m_current = NULL;
|
||||
m_select_me = parent;
|
||||
@@ -1657,7 +1657,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Unselect()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_current)
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_current->SetHilight( FALSE );
|
||||
m_current->SetHilight( false );
|
||||
RefreshLine( m_current );
|
||||
|
||||
m_current = NULL;
|
||||
@@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::UnselectAllChildren(wxGenericTreeItem *item)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (item->IsSelected())
|
||||
{
|
||||
item->SetHilight(FALSE);
|
||||
item->SetHilight(false);
|
||||
RefreshLine(item);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1715,7 +1715,7 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::TagNextChildren(wxGenericTreeItem *crt_item, wxGenericTr
|
||||
size_t count = children.Count();
|
||||
for (size_t n=(size_t)(index+1); n<count; ++n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (TagAllChildrenUntilLast(children[n], last_item, select)) return TRUE;
|
||||
if (TagAllChildrenUntilLast(children[n], last_item, select)) return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return TagNextChildren(parent, last_item, select);
|
||||
@@ -1727,7 +1727,7 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::TagAllChildrenUntilLast(wxGenericTreeItem *crt_item, wxG
|
||||
RefreshLine(crt_item);
|
||||
|
||||
if (crt_item==last_item)
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
if (crt_item->HasChildren())
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -1736,11 +1736,11 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::TagAllChildrenUntilLast(wxGenericTreeItem *crt_item, wxG
|
||||
for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; ++n )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (TagAllChildrenUntilLast(children[n], last_item, select))
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SelectItemRange(wxGenericTreeItem *item1, wxGenericTreeItem *item2)
|
||||
@@ -1767,7 +1767,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::DoSelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& itemId,
|
||||
wxCHECK_RET( itemId.IsOk(), wxT("invalid tree item") );
|
||||
|
||||
m_select_me = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool is_single=!(GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxTR_MULTIPLE);
|
||||
wxGenericTreeItem *item = (wxGenericTreeItem*) itemId.m_pItem;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1779,8 +1779,8 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::DoSelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& itemId,
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (item->IsSelected())
|
||||
return; // nothing to do
|
||||
unselect_others = TRUE;
|
||||
extended_select = FALSE;
|
||||
unselect_others = true;
|
||||
extended_select = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ( unselect_others && item->IsSelected() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -1830,7 +1830,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::DoSelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& itemId,
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool select=TRUE; // the default
|
||||
bool select = true; // the default
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if we need to toggle hilight (ctrl mode)
|
||||
if (!unselect_others)
|
||||
@@ -1856,7 +1856,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& itemId, bool select)
|
||||
wxGenericTreeItem *item = (wxGenericTreeItem*) itemId.m_pItem;
|
||||
wxCHECK_RET( item, wxT("SelectItem(): invalid tree item") );
|
||||
|
||||
item->SetHilight(FALSE);
|
||||
item->SetHilight(false);
|
||||
RefreshLine(item);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1929,7 +1929,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::ScrollTo(const wxTreeItemId &item)
|
||||
// We have to call this here because the label in
|
||||
// question might just have been added and no screen
|
||||
// update taken place.
|
||||
if (m_dirty)
|
||||
if (m_dirty)
|
||||
#if defined( __WXMSW__ ) || defined(__WXMAC__)
|
||||
Update();
|
||||
#else
|
||||
@@ -2005,7 +2005,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SortChildren(const wxTreeItemId& itemId)
|
||||
wxArrayGenericTreeItems& children = item->GetChildren();
|
||||
if ( children.Count() > 1 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_dirty = true;
|
||||
|
||||
s_treeBeingSorted = this;
|
||||
children.Sort(tree_ctrl_compare_func);
|
||||
@@ -2072,8 +2072,8 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_ownsImageListNormal) delete m_imageListNormal;
|
||||
m_imageListNormal = imageList;
|
||||
m_ownsImageListNormal = FALSE;
|
||||
m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_ownsImageListNormal = false;
|
||||
m_dirty = true;
|
||||
// Don't do any drawing if we're setting the list to NULL,
|
||||
// since we may be in the process of deleting the tree control.
|
||||
if (imageList)
|
||||
@@ -2084,34 +2084,34 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetStateImageList(wxImageList *imageList)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_ownsImageListState) delete m_imageListState;
|
||||
m_imageListState = imageList;
|
||||
m_ownsImageListState = FALSE;
|
||||
m_ownsImageListState = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetButtonsImageList(wxImageList *imageList)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_ownsImageListButtons) delete m_imageListButtons;
|
||||
m_imageListButtons = imageList;
|
||||
m_ownsImageListButtons = FALSE;
|
||||
m_dirty = TRUE;
|
||||
m_ownsImageListButtons = false;
|
||||
m_dirty = true;
|
||||
CalculateLineHeight();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericTreeCtrl::AssignImageList(wxImageList *imageList)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetImageList(imageList);
|
||||
m_ownsImageListNormal = TRUE;
|
||||
m_ownsImageListNormal = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericTreeCtrl::AssignStateImageList(wxImageList *imageList)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetStateImageList(imageList);
|
||||
m_ownsImageListState = TRUE;
|
||||
m_ownsImageListState = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericTreeCtrl::AssignButtonsImageList(wxImageList *imageList)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetButtonsImageList(imageList);
|
||||
m_ownsImageListButtons = TRUE;
|
||||
m_ownsImageListButtons = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -2374,13 +2374,13 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::PaintLevel( wxGenericTreeItem *item, wxDC &dc, int level
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const int wImage = 9;
|
||||
static const int hImage = 9;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int flag = 0;
|
||||
if (item->IsExpanded())
|
||||
flag |= wxCONTROL_EXPANDED;
|
||||
if (item == m_underMouse)
|
||||
flag |= wxCONTROL_CURRENT;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxRendererNative::Get().DrawTreeItemButton
|
||||
(
|
||||
this,
|
||||
@@ -2414,7 +2414,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::PaintLevel( wxGenericTreeItem *item, wxDC &dc, int level
|
||||
if (HasButtons()) y_mid += 5;
|
||||
|
||||
// Only draw the portion of the line that is visible, in case it is huge
|
||||
wxCoord xOrigin=0, yOrigin=0, width, height;
|
||||
wxCoord xOrigin=0, yOrigin=0, width, height;
|
||||
dc.GetDeviceOrigin(&xOrigin, &yOrigin);
|
||||
yOrigin = abs(yOrigin);
|
||||
GetClientSize(&width, &height);
|
||||
@@ -2447,7 +2447,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::DrawDropEffect(wxGenericTreeItem *item)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// draw a line under the drop target because the item will be
|
||||
// dropped there
|
||||
DrawLine(item, TRUE /* below */);
|
||||
DrawLine(item, true /* below */);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SetCursor(wxCURSOR_BULLSEYE);
|
||||
@@ -2521,7 +2521,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent &event )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_hasFocus = TRUE;
|
||||
m_hasFocus = true;
|
||||
|
||||
RefreshSelected();
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2530,7 +2530,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent &event )
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent &event )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_hasFocus = FALSE;
|
||||
m_hasFocus = false;
|
||||
|
||||
RefreshSelected();
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2725,7 +2725,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event )
|
||||
|
||||
// it may happen if the item was expanded but then all of
|
||||
// its children have been deleted - so IsExpanded() returned
|
||||
// TRUE, but GetLastChild() returned invalid item
|
||||
// true, but GetLastChild() returned invalid item
|
||||
if ( !lastChild )
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2831,7 +2831,7 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetBoundingRect(const wxTreeItemId& item,
|
||||
wxRect& rect,
|
||||
bool WXUNUSED(textOnly)) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), FALSE, _T("invalid item in wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetBoundingRect") );
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( item.IsOk(), false, _T("invalid item in wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetBoundingRect") );
|
||||
|
||||
wxGenericTreeItem *i = (wxGenericTreeItem*) item.m_pItem;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2844,7 +2844,7 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::GetBoundingRect(const wxTreeItemId& item,
|
||||
//rect.height = i->GetHeight();
|
||||
rect.height = GetLineHeight(i);
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Edit( const wxTreeItemId& item )
|
||||
@@ -2892,7 +2892,7 @@ bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnRenameAccept(wxGenericTreeItem *item,
|
||||
le.m_item = item;
|
||||
le.SetEventObject( this );
|
||||
le.m_label = value;
|
||||
le.m_editCancelled = FALSE;
|
||||
le.m_editCancelled = false;
|
||||
|
||||
return !GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( le ) || le.IsAllowed();
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -2904,7 +2904,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnRenameCancelled(wxGenericTreeItem *item)
|
||||
le.m_item = item;
|
||||
le.SetEventObject( this );
|
||||
le.m_label = wxEmptyString;
|
||||
le.m_editCancelled = TRUE;
|
||||
le.m_editCancelled = true;
|
||||
|
||||
GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( le );
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -2922,7 +2922,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
|
||||
if ( !m_anchor ) return;
|
||||
|
||||
wxPoint pt = CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition());
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Is the mouse over a tree item button?
|
||||
int flags = 0;
|
||||
wxGenericTreeItem *thisItem = m_anchor->HitTest(pt, this, flags, 0);
|
||||
@@ -2934,7 +2934,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
|
||||
if ((underMouse) &&
|
||||
(flags & wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMBUTTON) &&
|
||||
(!event.LeftIsDown()) &&
|
||||
(!m_isDragging) &&
|
||||
(!m_isDragging) &&
|
||||
(!m_renameTimer || !m_renameTimer->IsRunning()))
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -2942,7 +2942,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
|
||||
{
|
||||
underMouse = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if (underMouse != m_underMouse)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_underMouse)
|
||||
@@ -2952,7 +2952,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
|
||||
m_underMouse = NULL;
|
||||
RefreshLine( tmp );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
m_underMouse = underMouse;
|
||||
if (m_underMouse)
|
||||
RefreshLine( m_underMouse );
|
||||
@@ -2976,7 +2976,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// we process left mouse up event (enables in-place edit), right down
|
||||
// (pass to the user code), left dbl click (activate item) and
|
||||
// dragging/moving events for items drag-and-drop
|
||||
@@ -3024,7 +3024,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
|
||||
if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(nevent) && nevent.IsAllowed() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// we're going to drag this item
|
||||
m_isDragging = TRUE;
|
||||
m_isDragging = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// remember the old cursor because we will change it while
|
||||
// dragging
|
||||
@@ -3037,7 +3037,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
|
||||
|
||||
if ( m_oldSelection )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_oldSelection->SetHilight(FALSE);
|
||||
m_oldSelection->SetHilight(false);
|
||||
RefreshLine(m_oldSelection);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -3071,7 +3071,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
|
||||
|
||||
if ( m_oldSelection )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_oldSelection->SetHilight(TRUE);
|
||||
m_oldSelection->SetHilight(true);
|
||||
RefreshLine(m_oldSelection);
|
||||
m_oldSelection = (wxGenericTreeItem *)NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -3085,7 +3085,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
|
||||
|
||||
(void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
|
||||
|
||||
m_isDragging = FALSE;
|
||||
m_isDragging = false;
|
||||
m_dropTarget = (wxGenericTreeItem *)NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
ReleaseMouse();
|
||||
@@ -3147,10 +3147,10 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
|
||||
m_renameTimer = new wxTreeRenameTimer( this );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_renameTimer->Start( wxTreeRenameTimer::DELAY, TRUE );
|
||||
m_renameTimer->Start( wxTreeRenameTimer::DELAY, true );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_lastOnSame = FALSE;
|
||||
m_lastOnSame = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // !RightDown() && !LeftUp() ==> LeftDown() || LeftDClick()
|
||||
@@ -3200,7 +3200,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
|
||||
if ( m_renameTimer )
|
||||
m_renameTimer->Stop();
|
||||
|
||||
m_lastOnSame = FALSE;
|
||||
m_lastOnSame = false;
|
||||
|
||||
// send activate event first
|
||||
wxTreeEvent nevent( wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_ACTIVATED, GetId() );
|
||||
@@ -3225,7 +3225,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event )
|
||||
void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnInternalIdle()
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxWindow::OnInternalIdle();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if we need to select the root item
|
||||
// because nothing else has been selected.
|
||||
// Delaying it means that we can invoke event handlers
|
||||
@@ -3243,8 +3243,8 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::OnInternalIdle()
|
||||
|
||||
if (!m_dirty) return;
|
||||
if (m_freezeCount) return;
|
||||
|
||||
m_dirty = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
m_dirty = false;
|
||||
|
||||
CalculatePositions();
|
||||
Refresh();
|
||||
@@ -3363,7 +3363,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::RefreshSubtree(wxGenericTreeItem *item)
|
||||
rect.width = client.x;
|
||||
rect.height = client.y;
|
||||
|
||||
Refresh(TRUE, &rect);
|
||||
Refresh(true, &rect);
|
||||
|
||||
AdjustMyScrollbars();
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -3378,13 +3378,13 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::RefreshLine( wxGenericTreeItem *item )
|
||||
rect.width = GetClientSize().x;
|
||||
rect.height = GetLineHeight(item); //dc.GetCharHeight() + 6;
|
||||
|
||||
Refresh(TRUE, &rect);
|
||||
Refresh(true, &rect);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void wxGenericTreeCtrl::RefreshSelected()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_freezeCount) return;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO: this is awfully inefficient, we should keep the list of all
|
||||
// selected items internally, should be much faster
|
||||
if ( m_anchor )
|
||||
@@ -3394,7 +3394,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::RefreshSelected()
|
||||
void wxGenericTreeCtrl::RefreshSelectedUnder(wxGenericTreeItem *item)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (m_freezeCount) return;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if ( item->IsSelected() )
|
||||
RefreshLine(item);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -3414,7 +3414,7 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Freeze()
|
||||
void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Thaw()
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxCHECK_RET( m_freezeCount > 0, _T("thawing unfrozen tree control?") );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if ( !--m_freezeCount )
|
||||
{
|
||||
Refresh();
|
||||
@@ -3428,25 +3428,25 @@ void wxGenericTreeCtrl::Thaw()
|
||||
bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( !wxWindow::SetBackgroundColour(colour) )
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_freezeCount) return true;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_freezeCount) return TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
Refresh();
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxGenericTreeCtrl::SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( !wxWindow::SetForegroundColour(colour) )
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_freezeCount) return true;
|
||||
|
||||
if (m_freezeCount) return TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
Refresh();
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Process the tooltip event, to speed up event processing.
|
||||
|
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ void wxVScrolledWindow::OnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lineFirstNew = event.GetPosition();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
else // unknown scroll event?
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unknown scroll event type?") );
|
||||
|
@@ -60,10 +60,10 @@ public:
|
||||
|
||||
wxSize GetMaxChildSize();
|
||||
int Border() const;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
wxSize SiblingSize(wxSizerItem *child);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxWizard *m_owner;
|
||||
bool m_childSizeValid;
|
||||
wxSize m_childSize;
|
||||
@@ -85,20 +85,20 @@ BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxWizard, wxDialog)
|
||||
EVT_BUTTON(wxID_FORWARD, wxWizard::OnBackOrNext)
|
||||
EVT_BUTTON(wxID_HELP, wxWizard::OnHelp)
|
||||
|
||||
EVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGED(-1, wxWizard::OnWizEvent)
|
||||
EVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGING(-1, wxWizard::OnWizEvent)
|
||||
EVT_WIZARD_CANCEL(-1, wxWizard::OnWizEvent)
|
||||
EVT_WIZARD_FINISHED(-1, wxWizard::OnWizEvent)
|
||||
EVT_WIZARD_HELP(-1, wxWizard::OnWizEvent)
|
||||
EVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGED(wxID_ANY, wxWizard::OnWizEvent)
|
||||
EVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGING(wxID_ANY, wxWizard::OnWizEvent)
|
||||
EVT_WIZARD_CANCEL(wxID_ANY, wxWizard::OnWizEvent)
|
||||
EVT_WIZARD_FINISHED(wxID_ANY, wxWizard::OnWizEvent)
|
||||
EVT_WIZARD_HELP(wxID_ANY, wxWizard::OnWizEvent)
|
||||
END_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWizard, wxDialog)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
TODO PROPERTIES :
|
||||
wxWizard
|
||||
extstyle
|
||||
title
|
||||
TODO PROPERTIES :
|
||||
wxWizard
|
||||
extstyle
|
||||
title
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWizardPage, wxPanel)
|
||||
@@ -129,8 +129,8 @@ bool wxWizardPage::Create(wxWizard *parent,
|
||||
const wxBitmap& bitmap,
|
||||
const wxChar *resource)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( !wxPanel::Create(parent, -1) )
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
if ( !wxPanel::Create(parent, wxID_ANY) )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( resource != NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ bool wxWizardPage::Create(wxWizard *parent,
|
||||
// initially the page is hidden, it's shown only when it becomes current
|
||||
Hide();
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ wxSize wxWizardSizer::GetMaxChildSize()
|
||||
m_childSizeValid = true;
|
||||
m_childSize = maxOfMin;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
return maxOfMin;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ int wxWizardSizer::Border() const
|
||||
wxSize wxWizardSizer::SiblingSize(wxSizerItem *child)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxSize maxSibling;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if ( child->IsWindow() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxWizardPage *page = wxDynamicCast(child->GetWindow(), wxWizardPage);
|
||||
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ wxSize wxWizardSizer::SiblingSize(wxSizerItem *child)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
return maxSibling;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -287,12 +287,12 @@ bool wxWizard::Create(wxWindow *parent,
|
||||
long style)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bool result = wxDialog::Create(parent,id,title,pos,wxDefaultSize,style);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
m_posWizard = pos;
|
||||
m_bitmap = bitmap ;
|
||||
|
||||
DoCreateControls();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ void wxWizard::AddBitmapRow(wxBoxSizer *mainColumn)
|
||||
#if wxUSE_STATBMP
|
||||
if ( m_bitmap.Ok() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_statbmp = new wxStaticBitmap(this, -1, m_bitmap);
|
||||
m_statbmp = new wxStaticBitmap(this, wxID_ANY, m_bitmap);
|
||||
m_sizerBmpAndPage->Add(
|
||||
m_statbmp,
|
||||
0, // No horizontal stretching
|
||||
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ void wxWizard::AddStaticLine(wxBoxSizer *mainColumn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if wxUSE_STATLINE
|
||||
mainColumn->Add(
|
||||
new wxStaticLine(this, -1),
|
||||
new wxStaticLine(this, wxID_ANY),
|
||||
0, // Vertically unstretchable
|
||||
wxEXPAND | wxALL, // Border all around, horizontally stretchable
|
||||
5 // Border width
|
||||
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ void wxWizard::AddBackNextPair(wxBoxSizer *buttonRow)
|
||||
wxALL, // Border all around
|
||||
5 // Border width
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
backNextPair->Add(m_btnPrev);
|
||||
backNextPair->Add(BACKNEXT_MARGIN,0,
|
||||
0, // No horizontal stretching
|
||||
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ void wxWizard::AddButtonRow(wxBoxSizer *mainColumn)
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
AddBackNextPair(buttonRow);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
buttonRow->Add(
|
||||
btnCancel,
|
||||
0, // Horizontally unstretchable
|
||||
@@ -429,10 +429,10 @@ void wxWizard::DoCreateControls()
|
||||
// do nothing if the controls were already created
|
||||
if ( WasCreated() )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// wxWindow::SetSizer will be called at end
|
||||
wxBoxSizer *windowSizer = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxBoxSizer *mainColumn = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL);
|
||||
windowSizer->Add(
|
||||
mainColumn,
|
||||
@@ -440,11 +440,11 @@ void wxWizard::DoCreateControls()
|
||||
wxALL | wxEXPAND, // Border all around, horizontal stretching
|
||||
5 // Border width
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AddBitmapRow(mainColumn);
|
||||
AddStaticLine(mainColumn);
|
||||
AddButtonRow(mainColumn);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// wxWindow::SetSizer should be followed by wxWindow::Fit, but
|
||||
// this is done in FinishLayout anyway so why duplicate it
|
||||
SetSizer(windowSizer);
|
||||
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ void wxWizard::FinishLayout()
|
||||
wxEXPAND | wxALL, // Vertically stretchable
|
||||
m_sizerPage->Border()
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
GetSizer()->SetSizeHints(this);
|
||||
if ( m_posWizard == wxDefaultPosition )
|
||||
CentreOnScreen();
|
||||
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ void wxWizard::FinishLayout()
|
||||
void wxWizard::FitToPage(const wxWizardPage *page)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxCHECK_RET(!m_started,wxT("wxWizard::FitToPage after RunWizard"));
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
while ( page )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxSize size = page->GetBestSize();
|
||||
@@ -490,14 +490,14 @@ bool wxWizard::ShowPage(wxWizardPage *page, bool goingForward)
|
||||
|
||||
// we'll use this to decide whether we have to change the label of this
|
||||
// button or not (initially the label is "Next")
|
||||
bool btnLabelWasNext = TRUE;
|
||||
bool btnLabelWasNext = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// Modified 10-20-2001 Robert Cavanaugh.
|
||||
// Fixed bug for displaying a new bitmap
|
||||
// in each *consecutive* page
|
||||
|
||||
// flag to indicate if this page uses a new bitmap
|
||||
bool bmpIsDefault = TRUE;
|
||||
bool bmpIsDefault = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// use these labels to determine if we need to change the bitmap
|
||||
// for this page
|
||||
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ bool wxWizard::ShowPage(wxWizardPage *page, bool goingForward)
|
||||
!event.IsAllowed() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// vetoed by the page
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_page->Hide();
|
||||
@@ -537,15 +537,15 @@ bool wxWizard::ShowPage(wxWizardPage *page, bool goingForward)
|
||||
|
||||
// and notify the user code (this is especially useful for modeless
|
||||
// wizards)
|
||||
wxWizardEvent event(wxEVT_WIZARD_FINISHED, GetId(), FALSE, 0);
|
||||
wxWizardEvent event(wxEVT_WIZARD_FINISHED, GetId(), false, 0);
|
||||
(void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// position and show the new page
|
||||
(void)m_page->TransferDataToWindow();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// wxWizardSizer::RecalcSizes wants to be called when m_page changes
|
||||
m_sizerPage->RecalcSizes();
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ bool wxWizard::ShowPage(wxWizardPage *page, bool goingForward)
|
||||
if ( m_page->GetBitmap().Ok() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
bmpCur = m_page->GetBitmap();
|
||||
bmpIsDefault = FALSE;
|
||||
bmpIsDefault = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if wxUSE_STATBMP
|
||||
@@ -596,22 +596,22 @@ bool wxWizard::ShowPage(wxWizardPage *page, bool goingForward)
|
||||
m_page->Show();
|
||||
m_page->SetFocus();
|
||||
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool wxWizard::RunWizard(wxWizardPage *firstPage)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( firstPage, FALSE, wxT("can't run empty wizard") );
|
||||
|
||||
wxCHECK_MSG( firstPage, false, wxT("can't run empty wizard") );
|
||||
|
||||
// Set before FinishLayout to enable wxWizardSizer::GetMaxChildSize
|
||||
m_started = true;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// This cannot be done sooner, because user can change layout options
|
||||
// up to this moment
|
||||
FinishLayout();
|
||||
|
||||
// can't return FALSE here because there is no old page
|
||||
(void)ShowPage(firstPage, TRUE /* forward */);
|
||||
|
||||
// can't return false here because there is no old page
|
||||
(void)ShowPage(firstPage, true /* forward */);
|
||||
|
||||
return ShowModal() == wxID_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -648,14 +648,14 @@ wxSize wxWizard::GetManualPageSize() const
|
||||
static const int DEFAULT_PAGE_HEIGHT = 290;
|
||||
|
||||
wxSize totalPageSize(DEFAULT_PAGE_WIDTH,DEFAULT_PAGE_HEIGHT);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
totalPageSize.IncTo(m_sizePage);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if ( m_statbmp )
|
||||
{
|
||||
totalPageSize.IncTo(wxSize(0, m_bitmap.GetHeight()));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
return totalPageSize;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ void wxWizard::OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(eventUnused))
|
||||
// page, but a small extra check won't hurt
|
||||
wxWindow *win = m_page ? (wxWindow *)m_page : (wxWindow *)this;
|
||||
|
||||
wxWizardEvent event(wxEVT_WIZARD_CANCEL, GetId(), FALSE, m_page);
|
||||
wxWizardEvent event(wxEVT_WIZARD_CANCEL, GetId(), false, m_page);
|
||||
if ( !win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) || event.IsAllowed() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// no objections - close the dialog
|
||||
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ void wxWizard::OnHelp(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
|
||||
// Create and send the help event to the specific page handler
|
||||
// event data contains the active page so that context-sensitive
|
||||
// help is possible
|
||||
wxWizardEvent eventHelp(wxEVT_WIZARD_HELP, GetId(), TRUE, m_page);
|
||||
wxWizardEvent eventHelp(wxEVT_WIZARD_HELP, GetId(), true, m_page);
|
||||
(void)m_page->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(eventHelp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
Reference in New Issue
Block a user